Sp Are P a R

SPARE PARTS

All rights reserved © WAMGROUP CATALOGUE No. ISSUE A4 • • • • CIRCULATION PEZZI DIRICAMBIO TRASPORTATORI A COCLEA SENZA TUBOINTERNO PIECES DERECHANGE TRANSPORTEURS AVISSANSÂME ERSATZTEILKATALOG SPIRALFÖRDERER SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE SHAFTLESS SPIRALCONVEYORS 100 WA.01050. R DATE OFLATEST UPDATE 04.01 SSC CREATION DATE 03 -2000 3 All the products described in this catalogue are manufactured according to WAMGROUP S.p.A. Quality System procedures. The Company’s Quality System, certified in July 1994 according to International Standards UNI EN ISO 9002 and extended to the latest release of UNI EN ISO 9001, ensures that the entire production process, starting from the processing of the order to the technical service after delivery, is carried out in a controlled manner that guarantees the quality standard of the product.

Alle in diesem Katalog beschriebenen Produkte werden gemäß dem Qualitätssystem der WAMGROUP S.p.A. hergestellt. Das im Juli 1994 gemäß der internationalen Norm UNI EN ISO 9002 und auf die neueste Version der UNI EN ISO 9001 erweiter- te, zertifizierte Qualitätssystem der Firma gewährleistet, dass der gesamte Produktionsprozess von der Auftragsbearbeitung bis zum technischen Kundendienst nach Lieferung in kontrollierter Art und Weise erfolgt, so dass der Qualitätsstandard des Produkts gewährleistet ist.

Tous les produits décrits dans ce catalogue sont fabriqués selon les procédures du Système de Qualité de WAMGROUP S.p.A., certifié en Juillet 1994 selon les normes internationalesUNI EN ISO 9002 et étendu à la dernière version de la norme UNI EN ISO 9001. Cela garantit que le processus de production, à partir de la gestion de la commande au service technique après-vente, est effectué de manière contrôlée garantissant la norme de qualité du produit.

Tutti i prodotti descritti nel catalogo sono stati realizzati secondo le procedure del Sistema Qualità di WAMGROUP S.p.A. Il Sistema Qualità aziendale, certificato dal luglio 1994 in conformità alle normative internazionali UNI EN ISO 9002 e successiva- mente esteso all’ ultima versione delle normative UNI EN ISO 9001, garantisce che l’intero processo produttivo, dalla formulazione dell’ordine fino all’assistenza tecnica dopo la consegna, si svolga secondo modalità controllate che garantiscono lo standard qualitativo del prodotto.

This publication cancels and replaces any previous edition and revision. We reserve the right to implement modifications without notice. This catalogue cannot be reproduced, even partially, without prior consent.

Diese Veröffentlichung storniert und ersetzt alle früheren Ausgaben und überarbeiteten Fassungen. Wir behalten uns das Recht vor, Änderungen ohne vorherige Information durchzuführen. Dieser Katalog darf ohne vorherige Genehmigung weder ganz noch teilweise vervielfältigt werden.

Cette publication annule et remplace toute édition et révision antérieure. Nous nous réservons le droit de mettre en place des modifications sans préavis. Ce catalogue ne peut être reproduit, même partiellement, sans notre consentement préalable.

Questa pubblicazione annulla e sostituisce le edizioni e revisioni precedenti. Ci riserviamo la facoltà di apportare modifiche senza preavviso. Il presente catalogo non può essere riprodotto, nemmeno parzialmente, senza previo consenso. -INDEX 11.05 -INHALTSVERZEICHNIS SSC -INDEX -INDICE WA 01050.INDEX

1 TECHNICAL CATALOGUE TECHNISCHER KATALOG CODE INDEX...... CODES...... T. . 8 INTRODUCTION ...... EINFÜHRUNG ...... “. 9 STANDARD SUPPLY...... STANDARD-LIEFERUMFANG...... “. 10 OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES...... VARIANTEN UND ZUBEHÖR...... “. 11 OVERALL DIMENSION ...... EINBAUMASSE ...... “. 12 MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ...... MECHANISCHE KOMPONENTEN ...... “. 13 FABRICATED COMPONENTS...... STAHLBAUTEILE ...... “. 14 SSC1 SURFACE FINISHES...... OBERLÄCHENFINISH SSC1...... “. 15 COLOURS SSC1...... FARBTÖNE SSC1...... “. 16 SCREW FINISH...... SCHECKENFINISH ...... “. 17 COLOURS SSC 2X...... FARBTÖNE SSC 2X...... “. 18 MODULAR CODE KEY...... SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL...... “. 19 INQUIRY FORM...... ANFRAGEFORMULAR...... “. 20 COMPOUND TROUGH ...... ZUSAMMENGETZTER TROG...... “. 21 DRIVE END PLATE ...... ANTRIEBSSEITIGER ENDSCHILD ...... “ . 22 →. 24 BLANK END PLATE ...... BLIND ENDSCHILD ...... “ . 25 →. 28 SPIRAL -MILD STEEL, ST ST AISI 304L AND ST.ST.316L...... SPIRALWENDEL -STAHL, EDELSTHAL 1.4306, UND EDELSTHAL 1.4404...... “. 29 XAZ TYPE COUPLING...... WELLENVERBNDUNG XAZ...... “. 30 LINER MADE OF HDPE...... TROGAUSKLEIDUNG AUS HDPE...... “. 31 XBY -TYPE OUTLET...... AUSLAUF XBY...... “. 32 TROUGH COVER...... TROGABDECKUNG...... “. 33 COVER LOCK...... ABDECKUNGSVERSCHLUSS...... “. 34 XSV TYPE END BEARING ASSEMBLIES TYPE ...... ENDLAGEREINHEIT XSV...... “. 35 SHAFT SEALING TYPE - XUC...... WELLENABDICHTUNG TYP XUC...... “. 36 MOTOR MT...... MOTOR MT...... “. 37 OPTIONS - GEAR REDUCER - TYPE S 21-23 -25 - 27...... VARIANTEN - GETRIEBE TYP S 21-23 - 25 - 27...... “. 38 OPTIONS - HOLLOW SHAFT GEAR MOTOR...... VARIANTEN - HOHLWELLENGETRIEBEMOTOR...... “. 39 OPTIONS - RA 70 -TYPE GEAR REDUCER...... OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE TYP RA70...... “. 40 OPTIONS - RA 85 - 100 - 150 -TYPE GEAR REDUCER...... OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE TYP RA85 - 100 - 150...... “. 41 OPTIONS - P23 - 25 - 27 -TYPE GEAR REDUCER...... OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE P 23-25-27...... “. 42 OPTIONS - FZAF 88 -TYPE GEAR REDUCER...... OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE FZAF 88...... “. 43 OPTIONS - FZAF 108 -TYPE GEAR REDUCER...... OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE FZAF 108...... “. 44 OPTIONS - SEAL GLAND FLANGE FOR RA...... OPTIONEN - DICHTUNGSTRAGENDER FLANSCH FÜR RA...... “. 45 OPTIONS - BELT TRANSMISSION (“R -S”-TYPE GEAR REDUCER)...... VARIANTEN - RIEMENTRIEB (GETRIEBE TYP “R -S”)...... “. 46 OPTIONS - CHAIN TRANSMISSION (“S”-TYPE GEAR REDUCER)...... VARIANTEN - KETTENTRIEB (GETRIEBE TYP “S”)...... “. 47 OPTIONS - COUPLING TRANSMISSION (“S”-TYPE GEAR REDUCER)...... VARIANTEN - KUPPLUNG (GETRIEBE TYP “S”)...... “. 48 OPTIONS - LINER MADE OF UHMWPE...... OPTIONEN - TROGAUSKLEIDUNG AUS UHMWPE...... “ . 49 →. 50 OPTIONS - EXTRA THICK TWO-COLOUR UHMWPE LINER...... OPTIONEN - EXTRA - STARKE UHMWPE ZWEIFARBIGE TROGAUSKLEIDUNG“ . 51 →. 52 OPTIONS - XJF-TYPE BOLTED TROUGH BOTTOM PLATE...... OPTIONEN - GESCHRAUBTE ROGAUSKLEIDUNG TYP XJF...... “. 53 ACCESSORIES - XJB - TYPE WELDED SLIDE BARS...... ZUBEHÖR - GESCHWEISSTE SCHLEISSLEISTEN TYP XJB...... “. 54 ACCESSORIES - XJB - TYPE BOLTED SLIDE BARS...... ZUBEHÖR - GESCHRAUBTE SCHLEISSLEISTEN TYP XJB...... “. 55 OPTIONS - XBQ TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBQ...... “. 56 OPTIONS - XBV TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBV...... “. 57 OPTIONS - XBR TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBR...... “. 58 ACCESSORIES - CYLINDRICAL INLET XBC...... ZUBEHÖR - ZYLINDRISCHER EINLAUF XBC...... “. 59 OPTIONS - CYLINDRICAL OUTLET XBC...... OPTIONEN - ZYLINDRISCHER AUSLAUF XBC...... “. 60 OPTIONS - XBW-TYPE FLUSH OUTLET...... OPTIONEN - FRONTALAUSLAUF XBW...... “. 61 ACCESSORIES - XBQ-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET...... ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBQ...... “. 62 OPTIONS - BUILT-IN TROUGH...... OPTIONEN - INTEGRALTROG...... “. 63 OPTIONS - ZBAS - TYPE FLUSH OUTLET...... OPTIONEN - FRONTALAUSLAUF TYP ZBAS...... “. 64 OPTIONS - ZBSR WELDED OUTLET SPOUT...... OPTIONEN - GESCHWEISSTER AUSLAUFSTUTZEN ZBSR...... “. 65 OPTIONS - ZBQ TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP ZBQ...... “. 66 OPTIONS - ZBR TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP ZBR...... “. 67 OPTIONS - ZBI TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP ZBI...... “. 68 ACCESSORIES - XBV-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET...... ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBV...... “. 69 ACCESSORIES - XBR-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET...... ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBR...... “. 70 ACCESSORIES - DRAINAGE SET...... ZUBEHÖR - DRAINAGEEINHEIT...... “. 71 ACCESSORIES - HIGH SIDE TROUGH XZS...... ZUBEHÖR - ERHÖHTE TROG XZS...... “. 72 ACCESSORIES - XPR HIGH END PLATE...... ZUBEHÖR - ERHÖHTER ENDSCHILD XPR...... “. 73 ACCESSORIES - XFBA - TYPE OVERFLOW HATCH FLAP...... ZUBEHÖR - ÜBERLAUFKLAPPE TYP XFBA...... “. 74 ACCESSORIES - XKX - TYPE FINGER MESH BENEATH HATCH FLAP...... ZUBEHÖR - SCHUTZGITTER TYP XKX UNTER ÜBERLAUFKLAPPE...... “. 75 ACCESSORIES - XJQ - TYPE COVER SUPPORT BRACKET...... ZUBEHÖR - ABDECKUNGSAUFLAGEBÜGEL TYP XJQ...... “. 76 OPTIONS - SPIRAL GUIDING SIDE CHANNEL XZG...... VARIANTEN - WENDELFÜHRUNG XZG...... “. 77 OPTIONS - FWB - TYPE FLUSH OUTLET...... OPTIONEN - FRONTALAUSLAUF FWB...... “. 78 OPTIONS - DOUBLE FLIGHTING - MILD STEEL AND ST.ST.304L...... VARIANTEN - DOPPELWENDEL - STAHL UND EDELSTHAL 1.4306...... “. 79 ACCESSORIES - TROUGH FOOT TYPE XJS...... ZUBEHÖR - TROGFUSS TYP XJS...... “. 80 ACCESSORIES - XKM - TYPE SCREW LAMP...... ZUBEHÖR - SCHRAUBZWINGENVERSCHL. XKM...... “. 81 ACCESSORIES - PIPE COUPLING AND PLUG...... ZUBEHÖR - GEWINDEMUFFE MIT BLINDSTOPFEN...... “. 82 ACCESSORIES - XKU-TYPE SPRAYING NOZZLE...... ZUBEHÖR - SPRÜHDÜSE TYP XKU...... “. 83 ACCESSORIES - ANGULAR BREKETS...... ZUBEHÖR - WINKELBUGEL...... “. 84 ACCESSORIES - TYPE RA CASING MTR...... ZUBEHÖR - GEHAUSE MTR TYP RA...... “. 85 ACCESSORIES - ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FEED 1000 - 500 mm...... ZUBEHÖR - VERSTELLBARE FUSSE 1000 - 500 mm...... “. 86 ACCESSORIES - WATER DRAINAGE UNIT...... ZUBEHÖR - WASSERAUSLAUFEINHEIT...... “. 87 ACCESSORIES - FLIGHT PRESSOR...... ZUBEHÖR - WENDELKÄFIG...... “. 88 ACCESSORIES - SIDE COUPLING...... ZUBEHÖR - SEITENEINLEITUNG...... “. 89 WEIGHT...... GEWICHTE...... “. 90 TROUGH CONFIGURATION Ø 150 - 200- 250...... TROGKONFIGURATION Ø 150 - 200- 250...... “. 91 TROUGH CONFIGURATION Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... TROGKONFIGURATION Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... “. 92 SHIPPING DATA Ø 150- 200 - 250...... KOLLIDATEN Ø 150- 200 - 250...... “. 93 SHIPPING DATA Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... KOLLIDATEN Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... “. 94

2 MAINTENANCE CATALOGUE WARTUNGSKATALOG OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE...... BETRIEBS- UND WARTUNGSANLEITUNG...... M. 5 →. 37

3 SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE ERSATZEILKATALOG SPARE PARTS...... ERSATZEILKATALOG...... R .5→. 26 - INDEX 11/05 - INHALTSVERZEICHNIS SSC - INDEX - INDICE WA 01050.INDEX

1 CATALOGUE TECHNIQUE 1 CATALOGO TECNICO CODES ET SIGLES...... CODICI E SIGLE...... T. . 5 INTRODUCTION ...... INTRODUZIONE ...... “. 6 COMPOSITION STANDARD...... FORNITURA STANDARD...... “. 7 VARIANTES ET ACCESSOIRES...... VARIANTI E ACCESSORI...... “. 8 →. 9 ENCOMBREMENT ...... INGOMBRI COCLEA ...... “. 10 COMPOSANTS MECANIQUES ...... COMPONENTI MECCANICA ...... “. 11 COMPOSANTS STRUCTURE ...... COMPONENTI CARPENTERIA ...... “. 12 FINITION DES SURFACES SSC1...... FINITURA DELLE SUPERFICI SSC1...... “. 13 TONALITES SSC1...... TONALITÀ SSC 1...... “. 14 FINITION VIS SANS...... FINITURA COCLEA...... “. 15→. 16 FINITION DES SURFACES SSC2X...... FINITURA DELLE SUPERFICI SSC2X...... “. 17→. 18 CODE MODULAIRE ...... CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE ...... “. 19→. 23 FICHE DE DOMANDE...... MODULO RICHIESTA...... “. 24 AUGE COMPOSEE...... TRUOGOLO COMPOSTO...... “. 25 FLASQUE COTE MOTORISATION...... PORTASUPPORTO LATO MOTORIZZAZIONE...... “ . 26 →. 27 FLASQUED’EXTREMITE FAUSSE...... PORTASUPPORTO CIECO...... “. 28 SPIRE - ACIER AU CARBONE INOX 304L ET INOX 316L...... ELICA ACCIAIO AL CARBONIO, AISI304L E AISI 316L...... “. 29 ACCOUPLEMENT XAZ...... ACCOPPIAMENTO XAZ...... “. 30 REVETEMENT HDPE...... RIVESTIMENTO HDPE...... “. 31 BOUCHE DE DECHARGE XBY...... BOCCA SCARICO XBY...... “. 32 CAPOTAGE...... COPERCHIO...... “. 33 FERMETURE CAPOTAGE...... CHIUSURA COPERCHIO...... “. 34 SUPPORTS PALIERS D’EXTREMITE TYPE XSV...... SUPPORTI D’ESTREMITÁ XSV...... “. 35 ETANCHEITE TYP XUC...... TENUTA XUC...... “. 36 MOTEUR MT...... MOTORE MT...... “. 37→. 38 OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE S 21-23 - 25 - 27...... OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE S 21-23 -25 - 27...... “. 39→. 42 OPTIONS - MOTOREDUCTEUR A ROUE ET VIS SANS FIN...... OPZIONI - MOTORIZZAZIONE VITE SENZA FINE...... “. 43→. 46 OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE RA70...... OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE RA 70...... “. 47 OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE RA85 - 100 - 150...... OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE RA 85-100-150...... “. 48 OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE P 23- 25 -27...... OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE P 23 - 25 - 27...... “. 49 OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE FZAF 88...... OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE FZAF 88...... “. 50 OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE FZAF 108...... OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE FZAF 108...... “. 51 OPTIONS - FLASQUE PORTE ETANCHEITE POUR RA...... OPZIONI - FLANGIA PORTATENUTA PER RA...... “. 52 OPTIONS - ENTRAINEMENT PAR COURROIES (REDUCTEUR TYPE “R -S”)...... OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE A CINGHIE (TEST.MOTR.TIPO “R -S”)...... “. 53 OPTIONS - ENTRAINEMENT PAR CHAINE (REDUCTEUR TYPE “S”)...... OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE A CATENA (TEST.MOTR.TIPO “S”)...... “. 54 OPTIONS - ENTRAINEM. AV.ACCOUPL.DEMI-ELASTIQUE (RED.TYPE “S”)...... OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE CON GIUNTO (TEST.MOTR.TIPO “S”)...... “. 55 OPTIONS - REVETEMENT UHMWPE...... OPZIONI - RIVESTIMENTO UHMWPE...... “. 56 OPTIONS - REVETEMENT UHMWPE MAJORE...... OPZIONI - RIVESTIMENTO MAGGIORATO BICOLORE UHMWPE...... “. 57 OPTIONS - PLAQUE D’USURE BOULONNEE XJF...... OPZIONI - PIATTO DI FONDO IMBULLONATO XJF...... “. 58 ACCESSOIRES - BARRES D’USURE SOUDEES XJB...... ACCESSORI - BARRE DI FONDO SALDATE XJB...... “. 59 ACCESSOIRES - BARRES D’USURE BOULONNEES XJB...... ACCESSORI - BARRE DI FONDO IMBULLONATE XJB...... “. 60 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBQ...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBQ...... “. 61 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBV...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBV...... “. 62 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBR...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBR...... “. 63 ACCESSOIRES - BOUCHE DE CHARGE CYLINDRIQUE XBC...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA CARICO CILINDRICA XBC...... “. 64 OPTIONS - BOUCHE DE DECHARGE CYLINDRIQUE XBC...... OPZIONI - BOCCA SCARICO CILINDRICA XBC...... “. 65 OPTIONS - DECHARGE AXIALE XBW...... OPZIONI - SCARICO ASSIALE XBW...... “. 66 ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBQ...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBQ...... “. 67 OPTIONS - AUGE INTEGRALE...... OPZIONI - TRUOGOLO INTEGRALE...... “. 68 OPTIONS - DECHARGE AXIALE TYPE ZBAS...... OPZIONI - SCARICO ASSIALE TIPO ZBAS...... “. 69 OPTIONS - BOUCHE DE DECHARGMENT ZBAS SOUDÉE...... OPZIONI - BOCCA SCARICO ZBSR SALDATA ...... “. 70 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE ZBQ...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO ZBQ...... “. 71 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE ZBR...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO ZBR...... “. 72 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE ZBI...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO ZBI...... “. 73 ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBV...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBV...... “. 74 ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBR...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBR...... “. 75 ACCESSOIRES - GROUPE DREINAGE...... ACCESSORI - GRUPPO DRENAGGIO...... “. 76 ACCESSOIRES - REHAUSSE D’AUGE XZS...... ACCESSORI - SPONDE RIALZATE XZS...... “. 77 ACCESSOIRES - REHAUSSE DE FLASQUE XPR...... ACCESSORI - PORTASUPPORTO DI RIALZO XPR...... “. 78 ACCESSOIRES - CAPOT MOBILE XFBA...... ACCESSORI - PORTELLO XFBA...... “. 79 ACCESSOIRES - GRILLE SOUS CAPOT MOBILE XKX...... ACCESSORI - RETE SOTTO PORTELLO XKX...... “. 80 ACCESSOIRES - SUPPORT CAPOT XJQ...... ACCESSORI - SOTTOCOPERCHIO XJQ...... “. 81 OPTIONS - GUIDE SPIRE XZG...... OPZIONI - GUIDA ELICA XZG...... “. 82 OPTIONS - DECHARGE AXIALE FWB...... OPZIONI - SCARICO ASSIALE FWB...... “. 83 OPTIONS - SPIRE DOUBLE FILET -ACIER AU CARBONE ET INOX 304L...... OPZIONI - ELICA DOPPIA - ACCIAIO AL CARBONIO E AISI 304L...... “. 84 ACCESSOIRES - SEMELLE SUPPORT XJS...... ACCESSORI - SELLA XJS...... “. 85 ACCESSOIRES - PINCE A VIS XKM...... ACCESSORI - MORSETTO A VITE XKM...... “. 86 ACCESSOIRES - PIQUAGE ET BOUCHON...... ACCESSORI - MANICOTTO E TAPPO...... “. 87 ACCESSOIRES - BUSE D’ASPERSION XKU...... ACCESSORI - UGELLO XKU...... “. 88 ACCESSOIRES - BRIDES CORNIERES...... ACCESSORI - STAFFE ANGOLARI...... “. 89 ACCESSOIRES - CARTER MTR TYPE RA...... ACCESSORI - CARTER MTR TIPO RA...... “. 90 ACCESSOIRES - PIEDS REGLABLES...... ACCESSORI - PIEDI REGOLABILI 1000 - 500 mm...... “. 91→. 92 ACCESSOIRES - GROUPE VIDANGE EAU...... ACCESSORI - GRUPPO SCARICO ACQUA...... “. 93 ACCESSOIRES - PRESSEUR POUR PIPE...... ACCESSORI - PRESSORE PER ELICA...... “. 94 ACCESSOIRES - RACCORD LATERAL...... ACCESSORI - INNESTO LATERALE...... “. 95 POIDS...... PESO...... “. 96 DISPOSITION CONSTRUCTIVE Ø 150 - 200- 250...... DISPOSIZIONE TRUOGOLI Ø 150 - 200- 250...... “. 97 DISPOSITION CONSTRUCTIVE Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... DISPOSIZIONE TRUOGOLI Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... “. 98 COLISAGE Ø 150- 200 - 250...... INGOMBRI SPEDIZIONE Ø 150- 200 - 250...... “. 99 COLISAGE Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... INGOMBRI SPEDIZIONE Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... “ . 100

CATALOGUE D’ENTRETIEN CATALOGO DI MANUTENZIONE 2 UTILISATION ET ENTRETIEN...... USO E MANUTENZIONE...... M. 5 →. 37

CATALOGUE PIECES DE RECHANGE CATALOGO RICAMBI 3 PIECES DE RECHANGE...... PEZZI DI RICAMBIO...... R .5→. 26 - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 5

ORDERING SPARE PARTS ERSATZTEILBESTELLUNG COMMANDE DE PIECES DE ORDINAZIONE DEI PEZZI Dl RI- RECHANGE CAMBIO

A) Steel fabricated parts and A) Stahlbauteile und Lager- A) Pièces en charpente et pa- A) Pezzi di carpenteria e di bearing assemblies einheiten liers supporteria Please indicate serial n°. of the Folgende Angaben sind hierfür Quand vous passez une comman- All’ordine sono da comunicare il conveyor applied on each trough erforderlich: de d’une piéce de rechange, nous N°. matricolare della coclea ripor- section, as well as page and item Produktions-Nr.der Schnecke (ab- vous prions de nous communiquer tato su ogni spezzone della stes- no. In this catalogue of the part zulesen auf jedem Schnecken- le N°. de fabrication que vous trou- sa, il N°. di pagina, il N°. o la lette- concerned. Also indicate the re- teil), Seitenzahl und Position im vez sur chaque section de la vis, le ra di posizione e la descrizione ° quired quantity of parts taking into Katalog sowie die gewünschte N de la page et de la position de del pezzo nonché la quantità ri- consideration the minimum sup- Menge (Mindestmenge bitte der la pièce dans ce catalogue, ainsi chiesta tenendo conto delle quan- ply given in the price Iist. Preisliste entnehmen). que la quantité désidérée en tenant tità minime riportate nel listino compte du minimum indiqué dans prezzi. la liste de prix.

B) Gear reduction units and B) Getriebeeinheiten und B) Réducteurs et moteurs élec- B) Testate motrici e motori electric motors Elektromotoren triques elettrici Instead of the screw serial n°. in- Anstelle der Produktions-Nr. der Au lieu du N°. de fabrication de Al posto del N°. matricolare della dicate serial n°. of gear reduction Schnecke ist die Produktions-Nr. la vis il faut indiquer celui du ré- coclea indicare quello della testa- unit or of the electric motor and des Getriebes bzw. des E-Motors ducteur ou du moteur. Ensuite ta motrice o del motore elettrico. add information requested in par- anzugeben. Ansonsten sind die ajoutez l’information demandée Quindi aggiungere le altre infor- agraph A). unter Punkt A bereits genannten sous la lettre A). mazioni richieste sotto la lettera Parts not included in price Iist Angaben hinzuzufügen. Les pièces qui ne sont pas com- A). cannot be supplied. In der Preisliste nicht aufgeführte prises dans la liste de prix ne I prezzi non compresi nel listino These are: Positionen sind nicht lieferbar. Im peuvent pas être fournies. En prezzi non possono essere forni- 1) Standard parts if not included einzelnen sind dies: particulier ce sont: ti. In particolare sono:

in kits 1) Normteile sofern die Montage- 1) Les piéces commerciales à 1) pezzi a norma se non compre- 2) Item numbers in brackets, i.e. sätze diese nicht beinhalten normes européenes ne pas si nei kits single parts included in kits. 2) in Klammern gesetzte Posi- comprises dans les kits 2) numeri di posizione tra paren- tionen bzw. Einzelteile zu den 2) Les positions entre parenthè- tesi o singoli componenti dei Montagesätzen. ses, c’est àdire les compo- kits. sants des kits.

Check minimum supply before Vor der Auftragserteilung die in Avant le passage d’une comman- Prima di passare un ordine verifi- making an order. der Preisliste aufgeführten Min- de vérifier les quantités minimum care la quantità minima indicata destmengen für die jeweiligen dans la liste de prix. nel listino prezzi. Artikel prüfen.

General Supply Conditions are Es gelten die Allgemeinen Nos Conditions Générales de Sono valide le ns. Condizioni Ge- valid. Vekaufs- und Lieferbedingungen. Vente sont valables. nerali di vendita. - SPARE PARTS GENERAL VIEW 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SCHILDERUNG ALLGEMEIN SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TABLEAU GÉNÉRAL - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO QUADRO GENERALE WA 01050.R. 6 - SPARE PARTS GENERAL TABLE 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG TAFLE ALLGEMEIN SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TABLEAU GÉNÉRAL - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO TABELLA GENERALE WA 01050.R. 7 XFBS trice R. MECCANICA CARPENTERIA timento XJL ruogolo XCU enuta XUC DENOMINAZIONE Code Piastra di tenuta Accoppiamento XAZ d’auge Sponda TIE MECANIQUE PARTE RTIE STRUCTURERTIE PARTE éducteur mo Testata evêtement Rives laque tanchéite T Flasque d’extrémitéCapot mobile Portasupportoispezione Portello XPU Bouche décharge Bocca uscita XBY DESIGNATION Accouplement tungsblech P ellenabdichtung E ellenverbindung bdeckung + Dichtung Couvercle + Joint Coperchio + Guarnizione XFC Endschild BENENNUNG MECHANISCHE TEILE PAR Trogflanke Bord door Überlaufklappe DESCRIPTION 1 STRUCTURAL COMPON. STAHLBAUTEILE PA 3 PARTS MECHANICAL 1.21.3 End plate 1.4 Cover + Gasket Inspection A 1.1 Trough1.51.7 Spiral1.8 Outlet Liner Trog Spirale Auslauf Trogauskleidung Auge R Spire T Spira 3.13.2 Sealing3.3 Coupling Gear box W W Getriebe R 3.4 Motor Motor Moteur Motore MT 1.92.0 side channel Trough Gland Wellendich Item Pos. Pos. Pos. - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 8

Gear reduction head series Getriebe serie Tête motrice serie S 21 Testata motrice serie - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 9

Gear reduction head series GR. Motor size Getriebe serie Motore Code S 21...... Tête motrice serie S 21 Type Output - Abtrieb Testata motrice serie Ratio/Unters./Réd./Rapporto Sortie - Uscita Code 13009900A (62x30x7) (72x45x8) (Ø 10x20) 13009880A (6207)(35x72x17) (6203)(17x40x12) (6206)(30x62x16) (6202)(15x35x11) 13009890A (Ø 35) (Ø 62) (Ø 72) (M 6x25) (M 6) (M 6) (3/8”) 20920951A 20920961A 20924051A 20970161A (10x50) (12x35) (13x24) (M12) DENOMINAZIONE Kit tenute Anello di tenuta Anello di tenuta Spina cilindrica Kit cuscinetti Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Kit seeger Seeger per albero Seeger per foro Seeger per foro Vite T.C.E.I Rondella bisellata Rosetta elastica di scarico Tappo Corpo riduttore Corpo lato entrata Corpo lato uscita PAM Entrata Grandezza motore 080 Flangia entrata Boccola entrata T.C.E.I Vite T.C.E.I Vite Rondelle Rondella elastica DESIGNATION Kit étanchéité Joint d'étanchéité Joint d'étanchéité Goupille cylindrique Kit roulements Roulement radial Roulement radial Roulement radial Roulement radial Kit circlip "Seeger" Seeger puor arbre Seeger puor perçage Seeger puor perçage VTH Rondelle Rondelle élastique Bouchon de vidange Corps réducteur Corps côté entrée Corps côté sortie Entrée Bride moteur 080 Bride entrée Embout entrée Vis Vis Rondelle Rondelle élastique BENENNUNG Dichtungssatz Wellendichtring Wellendichtring Zylinderstift Lagersatz Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Satz Sicherungsringe Seegerring für Welle Seegerring für Bohrung Seegerring für Bohrung Sechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Ablassschraube Gehäuse Gehäuse eingangsseite Gehäuse atriebsseite Eingang Baugrösse 080 Eingangsflansch Hohlwelle Innensechskantschraube Sechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe DESCRIPTION Sealing kit Rotary shaft seal Rotary shaft seal Cylindrical pin Bearing kit Radial bearing Radial bearing Radial bearing Radial bearing Retaining ring kit Retaining ring for shaft Retaining ring for bore Retaining ring for bore Hexagon bolt Washer Elastic washer Oil outlet plug Casing Input casing Output casing Input gear kit Motor size 080 Input flange Hollow shaft Hexagonal screw Hexagonal screw Washer Elastic washer Standards Normen Normes Norme DIN 3760 NB DIN 3760 NB DIN 7 DIN 471 DIN 472 DIN 472 DIN 912 DIN 125A DIN 127B DIN 912 DIN 912 DIN 125 A DIN 127 B 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 4 4 4 13 13 13 Quant. Menge 1 8 2 3 9 26 10 12 23 24 17 13 27 14 15 28 29 Pos. Item - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 10

Gear reduction head series GR. Motor size Getriebe serie Motore Code S 21...... Tête motrice serie S 21 Type Output - Abtrieb Testata motrice serie Ratio/Unters./Réd./Rapporto Sortie - Uscita Code 10752710A (5x5x16) 10752700A (8x7) 20923111B 20947581A (10x35) (10x35) (M 10) (M 10) 20989241A DENOMINAZIONE Sottogruppo coppia entrata Rapporto riduttore 1:40 Pignone Corona Linguetta Sottogruppo coppia uscita 1:30-1:40 Pignone Corona Linguetta Uscita A 6 Flangia uscita Albero uscita T.C.E.I. Vite T.E. Vite Rondella Rosetta elastica Anello di feltro DESIGNATION Engrainages d'entrée Reduction 1:40 Pignon Roue dentée Clavette Engrainages de sortie 1:30-1:40 Pignon Roue dentée Clavette Sortie A 6 Bride sortie Arbre sortie VHT VHT Rondelle Rondelle élastique Joint garniture BENENNUNG Radsatz Eingangsseite Untersetzung 1:40 Ritzel Zahnrad Passfeder Radsatz Abtriebsseite 1:30-1:40 Ritzel Zahnrad Passfeder Ausgang A 6 Ausgangsflansch Abtriebswelle Innensechskantschraube Sechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Filzring DESCRIPTION Input gear Ratio 1/40 Pinion Gear wheel Parallel key Output gear 1:30-1:40 Pinion Gear wheel Parallel key Output A 6 Output flange Output shaft Hexagonal soket bolt Hexagonal bolt Washer Elastic washer Felt ring Standards Normen Normes Norme DIN 6885 DIN 6885 DIN 912 DIN 933 DIN 125A DIN 127B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 Quant. Menge 18 19 22 30 25 7 4 6 Pos. Item - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 11

Gear reduction head series Getriebe serie Tête motrice serie S 23 Testata motrice serie - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 12

Gear reduction head series GR. Motor size Getriebe serie Motore Code S 23...... Tête motrice serie S 23 Type Output - Abtrieb Testata motrice serie Ratio/Unters./Réd./Rapporto Sortie - Uscita Code 13009500A (80x40x10) (80x45x10) (10x20) 12009480A (6206) (30x62x16) (6304) (20x52x15) (6208) (40x80x18) (6303) (17x47x14) 13009490A (Ø30) (Ø62) (Ø80) (M8x25) (M8) (M8) 13008330A (3/8") (3/8") (3/8") 20920901A 20920911A Denominazione Kit tenute 30/100/112 Anello di tenuta Anello di tenuta Spina cilindrica Kit cuscinetti Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Kit seeger Seeger per albero Seeger per foro Seeger per foro T.C.E.I. Vite Rondella bisellata Rosetta elastica Kit tappi lubrificazione di carico e sfiato Tappo di scarico Tappo Indicatore di livello a vista Corpo riduttore Corpo lato entrata Corpo lato uscita Designation 90/100/112 Kit étanchéité Joint d’étanchéité Joint d’étanchéité Goupille cylindrique Kit roulements Roulement radial Roulement radial Roulement radial Roulement radial Kit circlip "seeger" Seeger pour arbre Seeger pour perçage Seeger pour perçage VTH Rondelle Rondelle élastique Kit lubrification Bouchon reniflad Bouchon de vidange Bouchon de niveau Corps réducteur Corps côté entrée Corps côté sortie Benennung Dichtungssatz 90/100/112 Wellendichtring Wellendichtring Zylinderstift Lagersatz Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Satz sicherungsringe Seegerring für Welle Seegerring für Bohrung Seegerring für Bohrung Innensechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Ölschraubensatz Entlüftungsschraube Ablasschraube Ölastandschraube Gehäuse Gehäuse Eingangsseite Gehäuse Atriebsseite Description Sealing kit 90/100/112 Rotary shaft seal Rotary shaft seal Cylindrical pin Bearing kit Radial bearing Radial bearing Radial bearing Radial bearing Retaining ring kit Retaining ring for shaft Retaining ring for bore Retaining ring for bore Hexagon socket bolt Washer Elastic washer Oil plug kit Breather plug Oil outlet plug Oil level plug Casing Input casing Output casing Standards Normen Normes Norme DIN 3760 NB DIN 3760 NB DIN 7 DIN 471 DIN 472 DIN 472 DIN 912 DIN 125A DIN 127B 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 20 10 Quant. Menge 1 8 2 3 26 10 12 23 24 17 13 27 14 15 16 20 28 Pos. Item - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 13

Gear reduction head series GR. Motor size Getriebe serie Motore Code S 23...... Tête motrice serie S 23 Type Output - Abtrieb Testata motrice serie Ratio/Unters./Réd./Rapporto Sortie - Uscita Code 20924061A 209QDOK1A (M10x50) (M10x30) (M10) (M10) 20924091A 209QDOC1A (M10x50) (M10x30) (M10) (M10) 10752450A (12x8x32) 20984891A 20984881A (6x6x20) 20924171B 20947471A (M10x150) (M10) (M10) 20989231A Denominazione PAM Entrata Grandezza motore 090 Flangia entrata Boccola entrata T.C.E.I. Vite T.C.E.I. Vite Rondelle Rondella elastica PAM Entrata Grandezza motore 100-112 Flangia entrata Boccola entrata T.C.E.I. Vite T.C.E.I. Vite Rondelle Rondella elastica Sottogruppo coppia uscita Rapporto riduttore 1:30 - 1:40 Pignone Corona Linguetta Distanziale Distanziale Sottogruppo coppia entrata Rapporto riduttore 1:40 Pignone Corona Linguetta Uscita A6 Flangia uscita Albero uscita T.E. Vite Rosetta elastica Rondella bisellata Anello di feltro 1:30 -1:40

Designation Entrée Bride moteur 090 Bride entrée Embout entrée Vis Vis Rondelle Rondelle élastique Entrée Bride moteur 100 - 112 Bride entrée Embout entrée Vis Vis Rondelle Rondelle élastique Engrainages de sortie Réduction Pignon Roue dentée Clavette Entretoise Entretoise Engrainages d'entrée Réduction 1:40 Pignon Roue dentée Clavette Sortie A6 Bride sortie Arbre sortie VHT Rondelle élastique Rondelle Joint garniture 1:30 -1:40

Benennung Eingang Baugrosse 090 Eingangsflansch Hohlwelle Innensechskantschraube Innensechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Eingang Baugrosse 100 - 112 Eingangsflansch Hohlwelle Innensechskantschraube Innensechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Radsatz Arbtreibsseite Untersetzung Ritzel Zahnrad Passfeder Distanzring Distanzring Radsatz Eingangsseite Untersetzung 1:40 Ritzel Zahnrad Passfeder Ausgang A6 Ausgangsflansch Abtriebswelle Sechskantschraube Elastische Scheibe Scheibe Filzring Description Input Motor size 090 Input flange Hollow shaft Hexagon socket bolt Hexagon socket bolt Washer Elastic washer Input Motor size 100 - 112 Input flange Hollow shaft Hexagon socket bolt Hexagon socket bolt Washer Elastic washer Output gear Ratio 1/30 -1/40 Pinion Gear wheel Parallel key Spacer Spacer Input gear Ratio 1/40 Pinion Gear wheel Parallel key Output A6 Output flange Output shaft Hexagon bolt Elastic washer Washer Felt ring Standards Normen Normes Norme DIN 912 DIN 912 DIN 125 A DIN 127 B DIN 912 DIN 912 DIN 125 A DIN 127 B DIN 6885 DIN 6885 DIN 933 DIN 127B DIN 125A 1 1 6 4 4 4 1 1 6 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 1 Quant. Menge 9 9 29 29 18 19 22 18 19 22 30 25 Pos. Item - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 14

Gear reduction head series Getriebe serie Tête motrice serie S 25 Testata motrice serie - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 15

Gear reduction head series GR. Motor size Getriebe serie Motore Code S 25...... Tête motrice serie S 25 Type Output - Abtrieb Testata motrice serie Ratio/Unters./Réd./Rapporto Sortie - Uscita Code 13009180A (90x50x10) (80x45x10) (10x20) 13009190A (90x50x10) (80x55x10) (10x20) 13008300A 6307 (35x80x21) 6306 (30x72x19) 6210 (50x90x20) 6304 (20x52x15) 13008320A (Ø35) (Ø80) (Ø90) (M8x25) (M8) (M8) 13008330A (3/8”) (3/8”) (3/8”) 20920881A 20920891A DENOMINAZIONE Kit tenute 90/110/112 Anello di tenuta Anello di tenuta Spina cilindrica Kit tenute GR 132 Anello di tenuta Anello di tenuta Spina cilindrica Kit cuscinetti Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Kit seeger Seeger per albero Seeger per foro Seeger per foro T.C.E.I. Vite Rondella bisellata Rosetta elastica Kit tappi lubrificazione di carico e sfiato Tappo di scarico Tappo Indicatore di livello a vista Corpo riduttore Corpo lato entrata Corpo lato uscita DESIGNATION 90/110/112 Kit étanchéité Joint d'étanchéité Joint d'étanchéité Goupille cylindrique Kit étanchéité GR 132 Joint d'étanchéité Joint d'étanchéité Goupille cylindrique Kit roulements Roulement radial Roulement radial Roulement radial Roulement radial Kit circlip "Seeger" Seeger pour arbre Seeger pour perçage Seeger pour perçage VTH Rondelle Rondelle élastique Kit lubrification Bouchon reniflard Bouchon de vidange Bouchon de niveau Corps réducteur Corps côté entrée Corps côté sortie BENENNUNG Dichtungssatz 90/110/112 Wellendichtring Wellendichtring Zylinderstift Dichtungssatz GR 132 Wellendichtring Wellendichtring Zylinderstift Lagersatz Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Satz Sicherungsringe Seegerring für Welle Seegerring für Bohrung Seegerring für Bohrung Innensechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Ölschraubensatz Entlüftungsschraube Ablasschraube Ölastandschraube Gehäuse Gehäuse Eingangsseite Gehäuse Abtriebsseite DESCRIPTION Sealing kit 90/110/112 Rotary shaft seal Rotary shaft seal Cylindrical pin Sealing kit GR 132 Rotary shaft seal Rotary shaft seal Cylindrical pin Bearing kit Radial bearing Radial bearing Radial bearing Radial bearing Retaining ring kit Retaining ring for shaft Retaining ring for bore Retaining ring for bore Hexagon socket bolt Washer Elastic washer Oil plug kit Breather plug Oil outlet plug Oil level plug Casing Input casing Output casing Standards Normen Normes Norme DIN 3760 NB DIN 3760 NB DIN 7 DIN 3760 NB DIN 3760 NB DIN 7 DIN 471 DIN 472 DIN 472 DIN 912 DIN 125-A DIN 127-B 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 20 10 Quant. Menge 1 1 8 2 26 10 26 10 12 23 24 17 13 27 14 15 16 20 Pos. Item - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 16

Gear reduction head series GR. Motor size Getriebe serie Motore Code S 25...... Tête motrice serie S 25 Type Output - Abtrieb Testata motrice serie Ratio/Unters./Réd./Rapporto Sortie - Uscita Code 20924101A 209QD041A (M12x35) (M10x30) (M10) (M10) 20924131A 209QD051A (M12x35) (M10x30) (M10) (M10) 10752190A 10752130A 20984831A 20984841A 20984851A 20923161B 20947421A (M12x170) (M12) (M12) (M12) (M12x45) (M12) (M12) 20989261B DENOMINAZIONE PAM Entrata Grandezza motore 100 - 112 Flangia entrata Boccola entrata Vite T.C.E.I. Vite T.E. Rondella Rondella elastica PAM Entrata Grandezza motore 132 Flangia entrata Boccola entrata Vite T.C.E.I. Vite T.E. Rondella Rondella elastica Sottogruppo coppia entrata Rapporto riduttore 1:40 Pignone Corona Linguetta Sottogruppo coppia uscita Rapporto riduttore 1:30 - 1:40 Pignone Corona Linguetta Distanziale Distanziale Distanziale Uscita A 6 Flangia uscita Albero uscita T.E. Vite Rosetta elastica Rondella bisellata Dado esagonale Vite T.E. Rondella Rosetta elastica Anello feltro DESIGNATION Entrée Bride moteur 100 - 112 Bride entrée Embout entrée Vis Vis Rondelle Rondelle élastique Entrée Bride moteur 132 Bride entrée Embout entrée Vis Vis Rondelle Rondelle élastique Engrainages d'entrée Réduction 1:40 Pignon Roue dentée Clavette Engrainages sortie Réduction 1:30 - 1:40 Pignon Roue dentée Clavette Entretoise Entretoise Entretoise Sortie A 6 Bride sortie Arbre sortie VTH Rondelle élastique Rondelle biseautée Écrou hexagon VHT Rondelle Rondelle élastique Joint garniture BENENNUNG Eingang Baugrösse 100 - 112 Eingangsflansch Hohlwelle Innensechskantschraube Sechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Eingang Baugrösse 132 Eingangsflansch Hohlwelle Innensechskantschraube Sechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Radsatz Eingangsseite Untersetzung 1:40 Ritzel Zahnrad Passfeder Radsatz Ausgangsseite Untersetzung 1:30 - 1:40 Ritzel Zahnrad Passfeder Distanzring Distanzring Distanzring Ausgang A 6 Ausgangsflansch Abtriebswelle Sechskantschraube Elastische Scheibe Scheibe Hexagonal nut Sechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Filzring nput flange DESCRIPTION Input Motor size 100 - 112 I Hollow shaft Hexagon socket bolt Hexagon bolt Washer Elastic washer Input Motor size 132 Input flange Hollow shaft Hexagon socket bolt Hexagon bolt Washer Elastic washer Input gear Ratio 1/40 Pinion Gear wheel Parallel key Output gear Ratio 1/30 - 1/40 Pinion Gear wheel Parallel key Spacer Spacer Spacer Output A 6 Output flange Output shaft Hexagon bolt Elastic washer Washer Hexagonal nut Hexagon Bolt Washer Elastic washer Felt ring Standards Normen Normes Norme DIN 912 DIN 912 DIN 125 A DIN 127 B DIN 912 DIN 912 DIN 125 A DIN 127 B DIN 6885 DIN 6885 DIN 933 DIN 127 B DIN 125 A DIN 933 DIN 125 A DIN 127 B 1 1 6 4 4 4 1 1 6 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 1 4 4 4 Quant. Menge 9 9 7 4 6 29 29 18 19 22 30 25 Pos. Item - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 17

Gear reduction head series Getriebe serie Tête motrice serie S 27 Testata motrice serie - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 18

Gear reduction head series GR. Motor size Getriebe serie Motore Code S 27...... Tête motrice serie S 27 Type Output - Abtrieb Testata motrice serie Ratio/Unters./Réd./Rapporto Sortie - Uscita Code 13009770A (110x60x10) (100x70x10) (10x20) 13009750A 6309 (45x100x25) 6307 (35x80x21) 6212 (60x110x22) 6305 (25x62x17) 13009760A (Ø 45) (Ø 100) (Ø 110) (M12 x35) (M12) (M12) 13008330A (3/8”) (3/8”) (3/8”) 20920971A 20920981A 20924111A 20970501A (M12 x50) (M12x35) (M12) (M12) DENOMINAZIONE Kit tenute 112/132/160/180 Guarnizione riduttore Anello di tenuta Anello di tenuta Spina cilindrica Kit cuscinetti Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Cuscinetto radiale Kit seeger Seeger per albero Seeger per foro Seeger per foro T.C.E.I. Vite Rondella bisellata Rosetta elastica Kit tappi lubrificazione di carico e sfiato Tappo di scarico Tappo Indicatore di livello a vista Corpo riduttore Corpo lato entrata Corpo lato uscita PAM Entrata Grandezza motore 112 Flangia entrata Boccola entrata T.C.E.I. Vite T.C.E.I. Vite Rondelle Rondella elastica DESIGNATION 112/132/160/180 Kit étanchéité Garniture Joint d'étanchéité Joint d'étanchéité Goupille cylindrique Kit roulements Roulement radial Roulement radial Roulement radial Roulement radial Kit circlip "seeger" Seeger puor arbre Seeger puor perçage Seeger puor perçage Vis Rondelle Rondelle élastique Kit lubrification Bouchon reniflad Bouchon de vidange Bouchon de niveau Corps réducteur Corps côté entrée Corps côté sortie Entrée Bride moteur 112 Bride entrée Embout entrée Vis Vis Rondelle Rondelle élastique BENENNUNG Dichtungssatz 112/132/160/180 Flachdichtung Wellendichtring Wellendichtring Zylinderstift Lagersatz Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Radialrillenkugellager Satz sicherungsringe Seegerring für Welle Seegerring für Bohrung Seegerring für Bohrung Innensechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Ölschraubensatz Entlüftungsschraube Ablasschraube Ölastandschraube Gehäuse Gehäuse Eingangsseite Gehäuse Atriebsseite Eingang Baugrosse 112 Eingangsflansch Hohlwelle Innensechskantschraube Innensechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe DESCRIPTION Sealing kit 112/132/160/180 Gasket Rotary shaft seal Rotary shaft seal Cylindrical pin Bearing kit Radial bearing Radial bearing Radial bearing Radial bearing Retaining ring kit Retaining ring for shaft Retaining ring for bore Retaining ring for bore Hexagonal socket bolt Washer Elastic washer Oil plug kit Breather plug Oil outlet plug Oil level plug Casing Input casing Output casing Input Motor size 112 Input flange Hollow shaft Hexagonal socket bolt Hexagonal socket bolt Washer Elastic washer Standards Normen Normes Norme DIN 3760 NB DIN 3760 NB DIN 7 DIN 471 DIN 472 DIN 472 DIN 912 DIN 125A DIN 127B DIN 912 DIN 912 DIN 125A DIN 127B 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 4 4 4 10 10 10 Quant. Menge 1 8 2 3 9 26 10 12 23 24 17 13 27 14 15 16 20 28 29 Pos. Item - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 19

Gear reduction head series GR. Motor size Getriebe serie Motore Code S 27...... Tête motrice serie S 27 Type Output - Abtrieb Testata motrice serie Ratio/Unters./Réd./Rapporto Sortie - Uscita Code 20924141A 20970461A (M10x50) (M10x30) (M10) (M10) 10752830A (12x8x32) 20924181A 20947691A (M10x150) (M16) (M16x45) (M 10) (M 10) 20989281A DENOMINAZIONE PAM Entrata Grandezza motore 132 Flangia entrata Boccola entrata Vite T.C.E.I. T.C.E.I. Vite Rondella Rondella elastica Sottogruppo coppia entrata Rapporto riduttore 1:40 Pignone Corona Linguetta Uscita A 6 Flangia uscita Albero uscita Vite T.E. Dado esagonale Vite T.E.. Rosetta elastica Rondella bisellata Anello di feltro DESIGNATION Entrée Bride moteur 132 Bride entrée Embout entrée Vis Vis Rondelle Rondelle élastique Engrainages d'entrée Réduction 1:40 Pignon Roue dentée Clavette Sortie A 6 Bride sortie Arbre sortie VHT Écrou hexagon VHT Rondelle élastique Rondelle Joint garniture BENENNUNG Eingang Baugrösse 132 Eingangsflansch Hohlwelle Innensechskantschraube Innensechskantschraube Unterlegscheibe Elastische Scheibe Radsatz Eingangsseite Untersetzung 1:40 Ritzel Zahnrad Passfeder Ausgang A 6 Ausgangsflansch Abtriebswelle Sechskantschraube Sechskantmutter Sechskantschraube Elastische Scheibe Scheibe Filzring DESCRIPTION Input Motor size 132 Input flange Hollow shaft Hexagon socket bolt Hexagon socket bolt Washer Elastic washer Input gear Ratio 1/40 Pinion Gear wheel Parallel key Output A 6 Output flange Output shaft Hexagon bolt Hexagon nut Hexagon bolt Elastic washer Washer Felt ring Standards Normen Normes Norme DIN 912 DIN 912 DIN 125A DIN 127B DIN 6885 DIN 933 DIN 934 DIN 933 DIN 125B DIN 127A 1 1 6 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 4 4 4 1 Quant. Menge 9 29 18 19 22 30 25 Pos. Item - SPARE PARTS XUC SEALING 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG WELLENABDICHTUNG XUC SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ETANCHEITE XUC - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO TENUTA XUC WA 01050.R. 20 - SPARE PARTS XUC SEALING 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG WELLENABDICHTUNG XUC SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ETANCHEITE XUC - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO TENUTA XUC WA 01050.R. 21

XUC ... B1

030-040-045-050-060-070

Pos. Quant. Code Standards Menge Normen Description Benennung Désignation Descrizione XUC030C1 Normes Norme 20 1 16741861A Seal cap Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 6 2 20683321B M8 X 52 Threaded drawbar Gewindestange Barre filetée Barra filettata 3 1 20985281A Ø 30 Spacer sleeve Distanzring Entretoise Distanziale 4 4* 20988212A Felt packaging Brille Baderne Baderna 10 1 20991661A Seal Dichtung Garniture Guarnizione 7 6 2904040040 DIN 934 - M8 Hexagon nut Sechskantmutter Ecrou hexagon Dado esagonale 8 6 2906020050 DIN 125 - A - M8 Wascher Scheibe Rondelle Rosetta XUC040C1 20 1 16741881A Seal cap Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 6 2 20683321B M8 X 52 Threaded drawbar Gewindestange Barre filetée Barra filettata 3 1 20985301A Ø 40 Spacer sleeve Distanzring Entretoise Distanziale 4 4* 20988242A Felt packaging Brille Baderne Baderna 10 1 20991731A Seal Dichtung Garniture Guarnizione 7 6 2904040040 DIN 934 - M8 Hexagon nut Sechskantmutter Ecrou hexagon Dado esagonale 8 6 2906020050 DIN 125 - A - M8 Wascher Scheibe Rondelle Rosetta XUC045C1 20 1 16741891A Seal cap Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 6 2 20683321B M8 X 52 Threaded drawbar Gewindestange Barre filetée Barra filettata 3 1 20985311A Ø 45 Spacer sleeve Distanzring Entretoise Distanziale 4 4* 20988282A Felt packaging Brille Baderne Baderna 10 1 20991061A Seal Dichtung Garniture Guarnizione 7 6 2904040040 DIN 934 - M8 Hexagon nut Sechskantmutter Ecrou hexagon Dado esagonale 8 6 2906020050 DIN 125 - A - M8 Wascher Scheibe Rondelle Rosetta XUC050C1 20 1 16741901A Seal cap Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 6 2 20683331B M10 X 85 Threaded drawbar Gewindestange Barre filetée Barra filettata 3 1 20986321A Ø 50 Spacer sleeve Distanzring Entretoise Distanziale 4 4* 20988292A Felt packaging Brille Baderne Baderna 10 1 20991071A Seal Dichtung Garniture Guarnizione 7 6 2904040050 DIN 934 - M10 Hexagon nut Sechskantmutter Ecrou hexagon Dado esagonale 8 6 2906020060 DIN 125 -A- M10 Wascher Scheibe Rondelle Rosetta XUC060C1 20 1 16741921A Seal cap Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 6 2 20683331B M10 X 85 Threaded drawbar Gewindestange Barre filetée Barra filettata 3 1 20985341A Ø 60 Spacer sleeve Distanzring Entretoise Distanziale 4 4* 20988332A Felt packaging Brille Baderne Baderna 10 1 20991591A Seal Dichtung Garniture Guarnizione 7 6 2904040050 DIN 934 - M10 Hexagon nut Sechskantmutter Ecrou hexagon Dado esagonale 8 6 2906020060 DIN 125 -A- M10 Wascher Scheibe Rondelle Rosetta XUC070C1 20 1 16741931A Seal cap Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 6 2 20683331B M10 X 85 Threaded drawbar Gewindestange Barre filetée Barra filettata 3 1 20985351A Ø 70 Spacer sleeve Distanzring Entretoise Distanziale 4 4* 20988342A Felt packaging Brille Baderne Baderna 10 1 20991081A Seal Dichtung Garniture Guarnizione 7 6 2904040050 DIN 934 - M10 Hexagon nut Sechskantmutter Ecrou hexagon Dado esagonale 8 6 2906020060 DIN 125 -A- M10 Wascher Scheibe Rondelle Rosetta

*: for/für pour/ per XUC03061 N° 3 Felts / Filz / Feutres / Feltri

Seal / Wellenab. For / Für Etanch. / Tenuta Pour / Per

XUC 030 C1 R 21 .... XUC 040 C1 R 23 .... XUC 045 C1 XSP035.... XUC 050 C1 R 25 .... XUC 060 C1 R 27 .... XUC 030 C1 XSP055 .... - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC XSV 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 22 - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 23

XSV025.••1

Item Quant. Standards Pos. Menge Code Normen Description Benennung Désignation Descrizione Normes Norme 1 1 20.90.101.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo 2 1 20.90.341.1/A Cover Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 3 1 20.94.154.1/A Splined end shaft Vielkeilwelle Arbre cannelé Albero brocciato 4 1 20.98.9251/A Felt packing Filzring Feutre Feltro 5 1 BA42x30x7 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 6 1 BA50x35x8 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 7 4 (M 8 x 60) DIN 588 Hexagonal bolt Sechskantschr. VTH V.T.E. 8 4 (M 8) DIN 125-A Washer Unterlegscheibe Rondelle Rosetta 9 1 (B4 M 10 x 1) Grease nipple Schmiernippel Graisseur Ingrassatore 10 1 (6206)(30x62x10) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 11 1 (51106)(30x47x11) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 12 1 8x7x36 DIN6885 Parallel key Paßfeder Clavette Linguetta 13 1 DIN 471 E30 Retaining ring Seegerring Seeger Seeger 14 1 20.90.201.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo

XSV035.••1

Item Quant. Standards Pos. Menge Code Normen Description Benennung Désignation Descrizione Normes Norme 1 1 20.90.102.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo 2 1 20.90.342.1/A Cover Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 3 1 20.94.155.1/A Splined end shaft Vielkeilwelle Arbre cannelé Albero brocciato 4 1 20.98.805.1/A Felt packing Filzring Feutre Feltro 5 1 BA52x40x7 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 6 1 BA60x45x10 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 7 4 (M 10 x 25) DIN 588 Hexagonal bolt Sechskantschr. VTH V.T.E. 8 4 (M 10) DIN 125-A Washer Unterlegscheibe Rondelle Rosetta 9 1 (B4 M 10 x 1) Grease nipple Schmiernippel Graisseur Ingrassatore 10 1 (6208)(40x80x18) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 11 1 (51108)(40x60x13) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 12 1 10x8x50 DIN6885 Parallel key Paßfeder Clavette Linguetta 13 1 DIN 471 E40 Retaining ring Seegerring Seeger Seeger 14 1 20.90.202.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo

XSV045.••1

Item Quant. Standards Pos. Menge Code Normen Description Benennung Désignation Descrizione Normes Norme 1 1 20.90.103.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo 2 1 20.90.343.1/A Cover Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 3 1 20.94.156.1/A Splined end shaft Vielkeilwelle Arbre cannelé Albero brocciato 4 1 20.98.949.1/A Felt packing Filzring Feutre Feltro 5 1 BASL 65x50x8 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 6 1 BA72x55x10 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 7 4 (M 10 x 30) DIN 588 Hexagonal bolt Sechskantschr. VTH V.T.E. 8 4 (M 10) DIN 125-A Washer Unterlegscheibe Rondelle Rosetta 9 1 (B4 M 10 x 1) Grease nipple Schmiernippel Graisseur Ingrassatore 10 1 (6210)(50x30x20) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 11 1 (51110)(50x70x14) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 12 1 10x8x50 DIN6885 Parallel key Paßfeder Clavette Linguetta 13 1 DIN 471 E50 Retaining ring Seegerring Seeger Seeger 14 1 20.90.203.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 24

XSV055.••1

Item Quant. Standards Pos. Menge Code Normen Description Benennung Désignation Descrizione Normes Norme 1 1 20.90.104.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo 2 1 20.90.344.1/A Cover Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 3 1 20.94.157.1/A Splined end shaft Vielkeilwelle Arbre cannelé Albero brocciato 4 1 20.98.810.1/A Felt packing Filzring Feutre Feltro 5 1 BA80x60x10 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 6 1 BA90x70x10 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 7 4 (M 12 x 35) DIN 588 Hexagonal bolt Sechskantschr. VTH V.T.E. 8 4 (M 12) DIN 125-A Washer Unterlegscheibe Rondelle Rosetta 9 1 (B4 M 10 x 1) Grease nipple Schmiernippel Graisseur Ingrassatore 10 1 (6212)(60x110x22) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 11 1 51112-60x85x17 Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 12 1 10x8x50 DIN6885 Parallel key Paßfeder Clavette Linguetta 13 1 DIN 471 E60 Retaining ring Seegerring Seeger Seeger 14 1 20.90.204.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo

XSV065.••1

Item Quant. Standards Pos. Menge Code Normen Description Benennung Désignation Descrizione Normes Norme 1 1 20.90.105.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo 2 1 20.90.345.1/A Cover Deckel Couvercle Coperchio 3 1 20.94.158.1/A Splined end shaft Vielkeilwelle Arbre cannelé Albero brocciato 4 1 20.98.930.1/A Felt packing Filzring Feutre Feltro 5 1 BASL90x70x10 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 6 1 BA100x80x10 Rotary shaft seal Wellendichtring Joint d’étanchéité Anello tenuta 7 4 DIN 588 Hexagonal bolt Sechskantschr. VTH V.T.E. 8 4 DIN 125-A Washer Unterlegscheibe Rondelle Rosetta 9 1 (B4 M 10 x 1) Grease nipple Schmiernippel Graisseur Ingrassatore 10 1 (6214)(70x125x24) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 11 1 (51114)(70x95x18) Bearing Wälzlager Roulement Cuscinetto 12 1 10x8x50 DIN6885 Parallel key Paßfeder Clavette Linguetta 13 1 DIN 471 E70 Retaining ring Seegerring Seeger Seeger 14 1 20.90.205.1/A Casing Gehäuse Corps Corpo - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 25 - SPARE PARTS 03.00 - ERSATZLEIKATALOG SSC 3 - PIÈCES DE RECHANGE - PEZZI DI RICAMBIO WA 01050.R. 26 4 = CLASS.F. IP55 4 = CLASS.F. T = TROPIC. IP55 esterna entola Calotta posteriore Cuscinetto posteriore Cuscinetto anteriore DENOMINAZIONE 1 = 230/400 - VHz 50 2 = 400/690 - VHz 50 3 = 240/415 - VHz 50 4 = 260/440 - VHz 50 5 = 260/440 - VHz 60 6 = 230/400 - VHz 60 7 = 240/415 - VHz 60 8 = 400/690 - VHz 60 C= 500 V - 50Hz 1.5 kW 5.5 kW 0800A kW 0.55 0800B = 0900M kW 0.75 = = 1.1 kW 0900L100LR = 100LH = 2.2 kW 1120M = 3.0 kW = 4.0 kW 1320S1320M = = 7.5 kW asque postérieure entilateur V Boîte à bornes Scatola morsettiera Roulement ventilateur CorpsRoulement antérieur Carcassa DESIGNATION Carter Copriventola MT.....04..5 Code Flansch Fl Lüfterseite rflügel V BENENNUNG Lüfterhaube European standard motorswith 4 poles, B5 IEC-Normmotore 4-polig in Bauform B5 Moteurs à normes européenesIEC Norme a Motori à 4 poles B5B5 forma in poli 4 a DESCRIPTION andards Norme Quant. St 345 16 17 18 19 1 1 1 Rear flange Fan bearing Casing Stator Rotor Front bearing flange Front Hinterer Lager Lager Lager Vorderes Ständer Rotor Flansch Vorderer Flasque antérieure Stator Rotor Flangia anteriore Statore Rotore 2 1 Fan Lüfte 1 1 Fan guard 10 1 box Terminal Klemmenkasten Pos. MengePos. Quant. Normen Normes Pos. Quant. Item

N.B. Rights reserved to modify technical specifications N.B. Angaben ohne Gewähr. Änderungen können ohne Vorankündigung vorgenommen werden. N.B. Toutes données portées dans le présent catalogue n’engagent pas le fabricant. Elles peuvent être modifiéès à tout moment. N.B. Tutti i dati riportati nel presente catalogo non sono impegnativi e possono subire variazioni in qualsiasi momento.

All rights reserved © WAMGROUP ISSUE A10 • • • • SPIRALFÖRDERER TECHNICAL CATALOGUE SHAFTLESS SPIRALCONVEYORS CATALOGO TECNICO TRASPORTATORI A COCLEA SENZA TUBOINTERNO CATALOGUE TECHNIQUE TRANSPORTEURS A VISSANSÂME TECHNISCHER KATALOG CIRCULATION 100 CATALOGUE No. LATEST UPDATE 12.08 WA.01050.T SSC 1 All the products described in this catalogue are manufactured according to WAMGROUP S.p.A. Quality System procedures. The Company’s Quality System, certified in July 1994 according to International Standards UNI EN ISO 9002 and extended to the latest release of UNI EN ISO 9001, ensures that the entire production process, starting from the processing of the order to the technical service after delivery, is carried out in a controlled manner that guarantees the quality standard of the product.

Questa pubblicazione annulla e sostituisce le edizioni e revisioni precedenti. Ci riserviamo la facoltà di apportare modifiche senza preavviso. Il presente catalogo non può essere riprodotto, nemmeno parzialmente, senza previo consenso. - INDEX 10.08 - INHALTSVERZEICHNIS SSC 1 - INDEX - INDICE WA 01050.T.3

1 TECHNICAL CATALOGUE TECHNISCHER KATALOG CODE INDEX...... CODES...... T. . 01 INTRODUCTION ...... EINFÜHRUNG ...... “. 02 STANDARD SUPPLY...... STANDARD-LIEFERUMFANG...... “. 03 OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES...... VARIANTEN UND ZUBEHÖR...... “ . 04 →. 05 OVERALL DIMENSION ...... EINBAUMASSE ...... “. 06 MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ...... MECHANISCHE KOMPONENTEN ...... “. 07 FABRICATED COMPONENTS...... STAHLBAUTEILE ...... “. 08 SSC1 SURFACE FINISHES...... OBERLÄCHENFINISH SSC1...... “. 09 COLOURS SSC1...... FARBTÖNE SSC1...... “. 10 COLOURS SSC 2X...... FARBTÖNE SSC 2X...... “. 11 SCREW FINISH SCREW FINISH SSC 2X...... SCHECKENFINISH SSC 2X...... “. 12→. 13 MODULAR CODE KEY...... SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL...... “. 14→. 23 INQUIRY FORM...... ANFRAGEFORMULAR...... “. 24→. 27 COMPOUND TROUGH ...... ZUSAMMENGETZTER TROG...... “. 28 DRIVE END PLATE ...... ANTRIEBSSEITIGER ENDSCHILD ...... “ . 29 →. 30 BLANK END PLATE ...... BLIND ENDSCHILD ...... “. 31 SPIRAL -MILD STEEL, ST ST AISI 304L AND ST.ST.316L...... SPIRALWENDEL -STAHL, EDELSTHAL 1.4306, UND EDELSTHAL 1.4404...... “. 32 XAZ TYPE COUPLING...... WELLENVERBNDUNG XAZ...... “. 33 LINER MADE OF HDPE...... TROGAUSKLEIDUNG AUS HDPE...... “. 34 XBY -TYPE OUTLET...... AUSLAUF XBY...... “.. 35 TROUGH COVER...... TROGABDECKUNG...... “. 36 COVER LOCK...... ABDECKUNGSVERSCHLUSS...... “. 37 XSV TYPE END BEARING ASSEMBLIES TYPE ...... ENDLAGEREINHEIT XSV...... “. 38 SHAFT SEALING TYPE - XUC...... WELLENABDICHTUNG TYP XUC...... “. 39 MOTOR MT...... MOTOR MT...... “. 40→. 41 OPTIONS - GEAR REDUCER - TYPE S 21-23 -25 - 27...... VARIANTEN - GETRIEBE TYP S 21-23 - 25 - 27...... “. 42→. 46 OPTIONS - BELT TRANSMISSION (“S”-TYPE GEAR REDUCER)...... VARIANTEN - RIEMENTRIEB (GETRIEBE TYP “R -S”)...... “. 47 OPTIONS - CHAIN TRANSMISSION (“S”-TYPE GEAR REDUCER)...... VARIANTEN - KETTENTRIEB (GETRIEBE TYP “S”)...... “. 48 OPTIONS - COUPLING TRANSMISSION (“S”-TYPE GEAR REDUCER)...... VARIANTEN - KUPPLUNG (GETRIEBE TYP “S”)...... “. 49 OPTIONS - BUILT-IN TROUGH...... OPTIONEN - INTEGRALTROG...... “. 50 OPTIONS - LINER MADE OF UHMWPE...... OPTIONEN - TROGAUSKLEIDUNG AUS UHMWPE...... “. 51 OPTIONS - EXTRA THICK TWO-COLOUR UHMWPE LINER...... OPTIONEN - EXTRA - STARKE UHMWPE ZWEIFARBIGE TROGAUSKLEI...... “. 52 ACCESSORIES - XJB - TYPE WELDED SLIDE BARS...... ZUBEHÖR - GESCHWEISSTE SCHLEISSLEISTEN TYP XJB...... “. 53 ACCESSORIES - XJB - TYPE BOLTED SLIDE BARS...... ZUBEHÖR - GESCHRAUBTE SCHLEISSLEISTEN TYP XJB...... “. 54 OPTIONS - XBQ TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBQ...... “. 55 OPTIONS - XBV TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBV...... “. 56 OPTIONS - XBR TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBR...... “. 57 ACCESSORIES - CYLINDRICAL INLET XBCC...... ZUBEHÖR - ZYLINDRISCHER EINLAUF XBCC...... “. 58 OPTIONS - ZBR TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP ZBR...... “. 59 OPTIONS - ZBI TYPE INLET...... OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP ZBI...... “. 60 OPTIONS - CYLINDRICAL OUTLET XBC...... OPTIONEN - ZYLINDRISCHER AUSLAUF XBC...... “. 61 OPTIONS - RECT. FLUSH R-SHAPE TROUGH OUTLET XBX...... OPTIONEN - RECHT. R TROG-FRONTALAUSLAUF XBX...... “. 62 OPTIONS - XBW-TYPE FLUSH OUTLET...... OPTIONEN - FRONTALAUSLAUF XBW...... “. 63 ACCESSORIES - XBQ-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET...... ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBQ...... “. 64 ACCESSORIES - XBV-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET...... ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBV...... “. 65 ACCESSORIES - XBR-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET...... ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBR...... “. 66 ACCESSORIES - HIGH SIDE TROUGH XZS...... ZUBEHÖR - ERHÖHTE TROG XZS...... “. 67 ACCESSORIES - XPR HIGH END PLATE...... ZUBEHÖR - ERHÖHTER ENDSCHILD XPR...... “. 68 ACCESSORIES - XFBA - TYPE OVERFLOW HATCH FLAP...... ZUBEHÖR - ÜBERLAUFKLAPPE TYP XFBA...... “. 69 ACCESSORIES - XKX - TYPE FINGER MESH BENEATH HATCH FLAP...... ZUBEHÖR - SCHUTZGITTER TYP XKX UNTER ÜBERLAUFKLAPPE...... “. 70 ACCESSORIES - XJQ - TYPE COVER SUPPORT BRACKET...... ZUBEHÖR - ABDECKUNGSAUFLAGEBÜGEL TYP XJQ...... “. 71 OPTIONS - SPIRAL GUIDING SIDE CHANNEL XZG...... VARIANTEN - WENDELFÜHRUNG XZG...... “. 72 OPTIONS - FWB - TYPE FLUSH OUTLET...... OPTIONEN - FRONTALAUSLAUF FWB...... “. 73 OPTIONS - DOUBLE FLIGHTING - MILD STEEL AND ST.ST.304L...... VARIANTEN - DOPPELWENDEL - STAHL UND EDELSTHAL 1.4306...... “. 74 ACCESSORIES - TROUGH FOOT TYPE XJS...... ZUBEHÖR - TROGFUSS TYP XJS...... “. 75 ACCESSORIES - XKM - TYPE SCREW LAMP...... ZUBEHÖR - SCHRAUBZWINGENVERSCHL. XKM...... “. 76 ACCESSORIES - PIPE COUPLING AND PLUG...... ZUBEHÖR - GEWINDEMUFFE MIT BLINDSTOPFEN...... “. 77 OUTLET CONNECTIONS...... AUSLAUFANSCHLUSS...... “. 78 ACCESSORIES - XKU-TYPE SPRAYING NOZZLE...... ZUBEHÖR - SPRÜHDÜSE TYP XKU...... “. 79 ACCESSORIES - ANGULAR BREKETS...... ZUBEHÖR - WINKELBUGEL...... “. 80 ACCESSORIES - ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FEED 1000 - 500 mm...... ZUBEHÖR - VERSTELLBARE FUSSE 1000 - 500 mm...... “. 81→. 82 ACCESSORIES - WATER DRAINAGE UNIT...... ZUBEHÖR - WASSERAUSLAUFEINHEIT...... “. 83 ACCESSORIES - FLIGHT PRESSOR...... ZUBEHÖR - WENDELKÄFIG...... “. 84 ACCESSORIES - SIDE COUPLING...... ZUBEHÖR - SEITENEINLEITUNG...... “. 85 WEIGHT...... GEWICHTE...... “. 86 TROUGH CONFIGURATION Ø 150 - 200- 250...... TROGKONFIGURATION Ø 150 - 200- 250...... “. 87 TROUGH CONFIGURATION Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... TROGKONFIGURATION Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... “. 88 SHIPPING DATA Ø 150- 200 - 250...... KOLLIDATEN Ø 150- 200 - 250...... “. 89 SHIPPING DATA Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... KOLLIDATEN Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... “. 90 - INDEX 12.08 - INHALTSVERZEICHNIS SSC 1 - INDEX - INDICE WA 01050.INDEX

1 CATALOGUE TECHNIQUE 1 CATALOGO TECNICO CODES ET SIGLES...... CODICI E SIGLE...... T. . 01 INTRODUCTION ...... INTRODUZIONE ...... “. 02 COMPOSITION STANDARD...... FORNITURA STANDARD...... “. 03 VARIANTES ET ACCESSOIRES...... VARIANTI E ACCESSORI...... “ . 04 →. 05 ENCOMBREMENT ...... INGOMBRI COCLEA ...... “. 06 COMPOSANTS MECANIQUES ...... COMPONENTI MECCANICA ...... “. 07 COMPOSANTS STRUCTURE ...... COMPONENTI CARPENTERIA ...... “. 08 FINITION DES SURFACES SSC1...... FINITURA DELLE SUPERFICI SSC1...... “. 09 TONALITES SSC1...... TONALITÀ SSC 1...... “. 10 FINITION DES SURFACES SSC2X...... FINITURA DELLE SUPERFICI SSC2X...... “. 11 FINITION VIS SANS SSC2X...... FINITURA COCLEA SSC2X...... “. 12→. 13 CODE MODULAIRE ...... CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE ...... “. 14→. 23 FICHE DE DOMANDE...... MODULO RICHIESTA...... “. 24→. 27 AUGE COMPOSEE...... TRUOGOLO COMPOSTO...... “. 28 FLASQUE COTE MOTORISATION...... PORTASUPPORTO LATO MOTORIZZAZIONE...... “ . 29 →. 30 FLASQUED’EXTREMITE FAUSSE...... PORTASUPPORTO CIECO...... “. 31 SPIRE - ACIER AU CARBONE INOX 304L ET INOX 316L...... ELICA ACCIAIO AL CARBONIO, AISI304L E AISI 316L...... “. 32 ACCOUPLEMENT XAZ...... ACCOPPIAMENTO XAZ...... “. 33 REVETEMENT HDPE...... RIVESTIMENTO HDPE...... “. 34 BOUCHE DE DECHARGE XBY...... BOCCA SCARICO XBY...... “. 35 CAPOTAGE...... COPERCHIO...... “. 36 FERMETURE CAPOTAGE...... CHIUSURA COPERCHIO...... “. 37 SUPPORTS PALIERS D’EXTREMITE TYPE XSV...... SUPPORTI D’ESTREMITÁ XSV...... “. 38 ETANCHEITE TYP XUC...... TENUTA XUC...... “. 39 MOTEUR MT...... MOTORE MT...... “. 40→. 41 OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE S 21-23 - 25 - 27...... OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE S 21-23 -25 - 27...... “. 42→. 46 OPTIONS - ENTRAINEMENT PAR COURROIES (REDUCTEUR TYPE “S”)...... OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE A CINGHIE (TEST.MOTR.TIPO “S”)...... “. 47 OPTIONS - ENTRAINEMENT PAR CHAINE (REDUCTEUR TYPE “S”)...... OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE A CATENA (TEST.MOTR.TIPO “S”)...... “. 48 OPTIONS - ENTRAINEM. AV.ACCOUPL.DEMI-ELASTIQUE (RED.TYPE “S”)...... OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE CON GIUNTO (TEST.MOTR.TIPO “S”)...... “. 49 OPTIONS - AUGE INTEGRALE...... OPZIONI - TRUOGOLO INTEGRALE...... “. 50 OPTIONS - REVETEMENT UHMWPE...... OPZIONI - RIVESTIMENTO UHMWPE...... “. 51 OPTIONS - REVETEMENT UHMWPE MAJORE...... OPZIONI - RIVESTIMENTO MAGGIORATO BICOLORE UHMWPE...... “. 52 ACCESSOIRES - BARRES D’USURE SOUDEES XJB...... ACCESSORI - BARRE DI FONDO SALDATE XJB...... “. 53 ACCESSOIRES - BARRES D’USURE BOULONNEES XJB...... ACCESSORI - BARRE DI FONDO IMBULLONATE XJB...... “. 54 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBQ...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBQ...... “. 55 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBV...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBV...... “. 56 OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBR...... OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBR...... “. 57 ACCESSOIRES - BOUCHE DE CHARGE CYLINDRIQUE XBCC...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA CARICO CILINDRICA XBCC...... “. 58 ACCESSOIRES - BOUCHE DE CHARGE ZBR...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA CARICO ZBR...... “. 59 ACCESSOIRES - BOUCHE DE CHARGE ZBI...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA CARICO ZBI...... “. 60 OPTIONS - BOUCHE DE DECHARGE CYLINDRIQUE XBC...... OPZIONI - BOCCA SCARICO CILINDRICA XBC...... “. 61 OPTIONS - BOUCHE DE DECHARGE RECT. R D’EXTREMITE XBX...... OPZIONI - BOCCA SCARICO RETTANGOLARE R DI ESTRMITA’ XBX...... “. 62 OPTIONS - DECHARGE AXIALE XBW...... OPZIONI - SCARICO ASSIALE XBW...... “. 63 ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBQ...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBQ...... “. 64 ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBV...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBV...... “. 65 ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBR...... ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBR...... “. 66 ACCESSOIRES - REHAUSSE D’AUGE XZS...... ACCESSORI - SPONDE RIALZATE XZS...... “. 67 ACCESSOIRES - REHAUSSE DE FLASQUE XPR...... ACCESSORI - PORTASUPPORTO DI RIALZO XPR...... “. 68 ACCESSOIRES - CAPOT MOBILE XFBA...... ACCESSORI - PORTELLO XFBA...... “. 69 ACCESSOIRES - GRILLE SOUS CAPOT MOBILE XKX...... ACCESSORI - RETE SOTTO PORTELLO XKX...... “. 70 ACCESSOIRES - SUPPORT CAPOT XJQ...... ACCESSORI - SOTTOCOPERCHIO XJQ...... “. 71 OPTIONS - GUIDE SPIRE XZG...... OPZIONI - GUIDA ELICA XZG...... “. 72 OPTIONS - DECHARGE AXIALE FWB...... OPZIONI - SCARICO ASSIALE FWB...... “. 73 OPTIONS - SPIRE DOUBLE FILET -ACIER AU CARBONE ET INOX 304L...... OPZIONI - ELICA DOPPIA - ACCIAIO AL CARBONIO E AISI 304L...... “. 74 ACCESSOIRES - SEMELLE SUPPORT XJS...... ACCESSORI - SELLA XJS...... “. 75 ACCESSOIRES - PINCE A VIS XKM...... ACCESSORI - MORSETTO A VITE XKM...... “. 76 ACCESSOIRES - PIQUAGE ET BOUCHON...... ACCESSORI - MANICOTTO E TAPPO...... “. 77 RACCORD DE DÉCHARGEMENT...... RACCORDO DI SCARICO...... “. 78 ACCESSOIRES - BUSE D’ASPERSION XKU...... ACCESSORI - UGELLO XKU...... “. 79 ACCESSOIRES - BRIDES CORNIERES...... ACCESSORI - STAFFE ANGOLARI...... “. 80 ACCESSOIRES - PIEDS REGLABLES...... ACCESSORI - PIEDI REGOLABILI 1000 - 500 mm...... “. 81→. 82 ACCESSOIRES - GROUPE VIDANGE EAU...... ACCESSORI - GRUPPO SCARICO ACQUA...... “. 83 ACCESSOIRES - PRESSEUR POUR PIPE...... ACCESSORI - PRESSORE PER ELICA...... “. 84 ACCESSOIRES - RACCORD LATERAL...... ACCESSORI - INNESTO LATERALE...... “. 85 POIDS...... PESO...... “. 86 DISPOSITION CONSTRUCTIVE Ø 150 - 200- 250...... DISPOSIZIONE TRUOGOLI Ø 150 - 200- 250...... “. 87 DISPOSITION CONSTRUCTIVE Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... DISPOSIZIONE TRUOGOLI Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... “. 88 COLISAGE Ø 150- 200 - 250...... INGOMBRI SPEDIZIONE Ø 150- 200 - 250...... “. 89 COLISAGE Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... INGOMBRI SPEDIZIONE Ø 300 - 350 - 400 - 500 - 600...... “. 90 - CODE INDEX 12.08 - CODES UND SUCHCODES SSC 1 - CODES ET SIGLES - CODICI E SIGLE WA.01050 T. 01

SSC Shaftless spiral conveyor Spiralförderer Transporteurs a vis sans âme Coclea senza tubo interno MT Electric motor Elektromotor Moteur électrique Motore S21 Gear reducer Getriebe Réducteur Testata motrice S23 Gear reducer Getriebe Réducteur Testata motrice S25 Gear reducer Getriebe Réducteur Testata motrice S27 Gear reducer Getriebe Réducteur Testata motrice XAZ Flanged coupling Geflanschte Wellenverbindung Accouplement à bride Accoppiamento flangiato XBC Round inlet spout Runde Einlauf Bouche ronde d'entrée Bocca circolare di carico XBCC Round outlet spout Runde Auslauf Bouche ronde de sortie Bocca circolare di scarico XBQ Square spout Quadratischer Stutzen Bouche carrée Bocca quadra XBR Rectangular spout Rechteckstutzen Bouche rectangulaire Bocca rettangolare XBV Rectangular spout Rechteckstutzen Bouche rectangulaire Bocca rettangolare XBW Flush outlet Frontalauslauf Décharge axiale Scarico assiale XBX Rectangular spout Rechteckstutzen Bouche rectangulaire Bocca rettangolare XBY Outlet Auslaf Bouche de decharge Bocca scarico XCUA Built-in trough Integraltrog Auge intégrale Truogolo integrale XFBA Overflow hatch flap Überlaufklappe Capot mobile Portello XFC Trough cover Trogabdeckung Couvercle Coperchio XJB Slide bars Schleißleisten Barres d’usure Barre di fondo XJL Liner Trogauskleidung Revêtement Rivestimento XJQ Cover support bracket Abdeckungsauflagebügel Support capot Sottocoperchio XJS Trough foot Trogfuß Semelle support Sella XKH Cover lock Abdeckungsverschluß Fermeture capotage Chiusura coperchio XKM Screw clamp Schraubzwingenverschluß Pince à vis Morsetto a vite XKU Spraying nozzle Sprühdüse Buse d’aspersion Ugello XKX Grille beneath overflow hatch Schutzgitter unter Überlaufklappe Grille sous capot Rete sotto portello XPR Adjustable feet Einstellbare Füße Pieds réglables Piedi regolabili XPU End plate Endschild Flasque Portasupporto estremità XSV End bearing assembly Endlagereinheit Support palier d’extrémité Supporto estremità XUC Sealing Wellenabdichtung Etancheite Tenuta XZG Flight guide side panel Wendelführungsschiene Rehausse guide spire Sponda guida elica XZS Side panel Trogflanke Rehausse Sponda XZT Semi-trough Troghälfte Demi-auge Semitruogolo ZBAS Flush outlet Frontalauslauf Déchargement axial Scarico assiale ZBI Inclined rectangular spout Schrägstehender Rechteckstutzen Bouche rectangulaire inclinée Bocca rettangolare inclinata ZBR Rectangular inlet spout Rechteckiger Einlaufstutzen Bouche de charg. rectangulaire Bocca carico rettangolare ZPR Adjustable feet Einstellbare Füße Pieds réglables Piedi regolabili - INTRODUCTION 12.08 - EINFÜHRUNG SSC 1 - INTRODUCTION - INTRODUZIONE WA.01050 T. 02

SSC- type spiral conveyors SSC Spiralförderer sind mit wel- Les convoyeurs SSC sont des Le SSC sono coclee convoglia- mount helicoid flights without a lenlosen Schneckenwendeln convoyeurs à vis sans âme. trici a canala con spira senza shaft. ausgerüstet. Leurs principales applications tubo interno. Their main applications are : Sie werden hauptsächlich ein- sont: Sono usate principalmente per: gesetzt für:

SSCF: SSCF: SSCF: SSCF: dewatered biologicalsludge entwässerte, organische boues déshydratées fango biologico disidratato Schlämme SSCG: SSCG: SSCG: SSCG: screenings with high content Rechengut mit hohem Sandan- refus de dégrillage fortement grigliato ad alto contenuto di of sand and/or similar products teil und/oder ähnliche Medien chargés ensablés et/ou pro- sabbia e/o prodotti simili. duits similaires

The conveyor is made of: Der Förderer besteht aus: Construction: Sono costruite in:

SSC..: SSC..: SSC..: SSC..: carbon steel + liner PEHD Stahl + Auskleisdung PEHD acier carbone + revêtement acciaio al carbonio + rivesti- or oder PEHD mento PEHD SSC..2: SSC..2: ou oppure contact parts st. st. AISI 304L, produktberührende Teile aus SSC..2: SSC..2: spiral carbon steel + liner PEHD Edelstahl 1.4306, Wendel aus parties en contact avec le pro- parti a contatto in AISI 304L or Stahl + Auskleidung PEHD duit en INOX 304L, sauf la spi- tranne spira in acciaio al car- SSC2..X: oder re en acier haute résistance + bonio + rivestimento PEHD contact parts st. st. AISI 304L, SSC..2X: revêtement PEHD oppure liner PEHD. This version can be bis auf Auskleidung PEHD aus ou SSC..2X: supplied in food grade. Edelstahl 1.4306. Diese Versi- SSC..2X: parti a contatto in AISI 304L, ri- or on ist auch in nahrungsmittel- parties en contact avec le pro- vestimento PEHD. In quest’ulti- SSC..3: (SPECIAL) tauglicher Ausführung liefer- duit en INOX 304L, le revête- mo caso, su richiesta, posso- contact parts st. st. AISI 316L, bar ment HDPE sur demande, de no essere costruite idonee per spiral carbon steel + liner PEHD oder qualité alimentaire. prodotti alimentari. SSC..3:(SPEZIELL) ou oppure produktberührende Teile aus SSC..3: (SPÉCIAL) SSC..3:(SPECIALE) Edelstahl 1.4404, Wendel aus parties en contact avec le pro- parti a contatto in AISI 316L Stahl + Auskleidung PEHD duit en INOX 316L, sauf la spi- tranne spira in acciaio al car- re en acier haute résistance + bonio + rivestimento PEHD. revêtement PEHD

Unless otherwise specified, Wenn nicht anders angege- Sauf indication contraire, Se non specificato altrimen- all the dimensions are given ben, alle Maßangaben in Mil- toutes les dimensions sont ti, tutte le dimensioni sono in millimetres. limetern. exprimées en millimètres. in millimetri.

OPERATING CONDITIONS BETRIEBSBEDINGUNGEN CONDITIONS CONDIZIONI Unless otherwise specified, the Wenn nicht anderes angegeben DE FONCTIONNEMENT DI FUNZIONAMENTO machines are designed for use ist, versteht es sich, dass die Sauf indication contraire, les Se non specificato altrimenti le in the following conditions: Maschinen unter den folgenden machines doivent être utilisées macchine si intendono per un uti- • 1000m below sea level Bedingungen benutzt werden: dans les conditions suivantes : lizzo nelle seguenti condizioni: • Room temperature between - • Höhe N.N. von weniger als • au-de ssous de 1 000 m. d’alti- • Al di sotto dei 1000m sul livello 25°C and + 40°C 1000 m tude del mare • No pressure or internal nega- • Umgebungstemperatur zwi- • à une température ambiante • Temperatura ambiente compre- tive pressure. schen -25°C und + 40°C comprise entre -25°C et + 40°C sa tra -25°C e + 40°C* • ohne internen Druck oder Un- • en absence de pression ou de • Assenza di pressione o de- terdruck dépression interne pressione interna

*ATTENTION: *HINWEIS: *ATTENTION: *NOTA: For gear reduction unit and Für Untersetzungsgetriebe Pour réducteur et moteur élec- Per riduttore e motore elettrico electric motor please refer to und Elektromotor die Angaben trique veuillez consulter les attenersi a quanto indicato nei specific catalogue. der entsprechenden Kataloge cataloques specifiques. relativi cataloghi. beachten. - STANDARD SUPPLY 12.08 - STANDARD-LIEFERUMFANG SSC 1 - COMPOSITION STANDARD - FORNITURA STANDARD WA.01050 T. 03

2 END BEARING ENDLAGEREINHEIT PALIER D’EXTREMITE SUPPORTO D’ESTREMITA’ XSV 3 SHAFT SEALING WELLENABDICHTUNG ETANCHEITE TENUTA XUC 4 OUTLET AUSLAUF BOUCHE DECHARGE BOCCA SCARICO XBY 5 TROUGH TROG AUGE TRUOGOLO XCU 6 COVER TROGABDECKUNG COUVERCLE COPERCHIO XFC 7 END PLATE ENDSCHILD REHAUSSE PORTA SUPPORTO XPU 8 SPIRAL SPIRALWENDEL SPIRE SPIRA - 9 LINER TROGAUSKLEIDUNG REVETEMENT RIVESTIMENTO XJL 10 LIFTING EYE KRANÖSE OEILLET GOLFARO 20672501.A 11 SERIAL NUMBER PRODUKTIONSNUMMER NUMERO DE MATRICOLA NUMERO MATRICOLA -

Supply: Lieferzustand: Fourniture: Fornitura: SSC spiral conveyors are sup- SSC-Schnecken werden bis zu Les vis SSC sont fournies dans Le coclee SSC vengono fornite plied in one piece from 3 to 3.5 einer Länge von 3 bis 3,5 m in une seule pièce jusqu’à une lon- in un pezzo unico fino a lun- metres. Longer conveyors are einem Stück geliefert. Längere gueur de 3 à 3,5 mètres et pour ghezze di 3 - 3,5 m e per lun- supplied in different pieces Schnecken werden in mehreren des longueurs plus grandes en ghezze maggiori a moduli sepa- which consist of: Teilen geliefert, jeweils beste- modules séparés constituées de: rati costituiti da : hend aus: Troughs Trögen Auges Troguoli - in standard lengths - in Standardlängen - en tronçons de la même lon- - in spezzoni della stessa lun- gueur que les auges standard ghezza dei truogoli std. Spirals Spiralwendeln - initial section with flange + a - Anfangsabschnitt mit Flansch Spires Eliche number of intermediate sec- + verschiedene Zwischenab- - tronçon initial avec bride + di- - spezzone iniziale con flangia + tions + end section (the one schnitte + Endabschnitt (der mit vers tronçons intermédiaires + diversi spezzoni intermedi + with rounded end). abgerundetem Ende). tronçon final (celui dont l’extré- spezzone finale (quello con un’ mité est arrondie). estremità arrotondata).

Spirals come without painting. Wendeln werden ohne Anstrich Les spires ne sont pas peintes. Le eliche non vengono vernicia- geliefert. te. - OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES 12.08 - VARIANTEN UND ZUBEHÖR SSC 1 - VARIANTES ET ACCESSOIRES - VARIANTI E ACCESSORI WA.01050 T. 04 - OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES 12.08 - VARIANTEN UND ZUBEHÖR SSC 1 - VARIANTES ET ACCESSOIRES - VARIANTI E ACCESSORI WA.01050 T. 05 a a a g d a u p g Welded slide bars slide Welded Schleißleisten Geschweißte soudées d’usure Barres sald di fondo Barra Trough footTrough Trogfuß support Semelle Sella Trough cover support bracket support cover Trough Trogabdeckungsauflagebügel capot Support Sottocoperchio Screw clamp Screw Free outlet troughBuilt-in spout outlet Supplementary XBQ Auslaufstutzen Zusätzlicher Schraubzwingenverschluß FWB Freier Auslauf Integraltrog supplémentaire déchargement Bouche sup scarico Bocca à vis Pince FWB libre Décharge intégrale Auge a vite Morsetto Scarico libero integrale Truogolo Direct transmission transmission coupling Flexible transmissionChain Inlet Kupplung Flexible Outlet flap hatch Overflow Direktantrieb flap hatch beneath Grille Kettentrieb side guiding channelSpiral berlaufklappe unter Schutzgitter semi-élastique Accouplement Überlaufklappe Wendelführung Einlauf Auslauf capot sous Grille directe Transmission con Trasmissione à chaîne Transmission Capot mobile spire Guide dirett Trasmissione portello sotto Rete d’entrée Bouche décharge Bouche c con Trasmissione apribile Portello elica Guida Bocca di carico Bocca scarico assi Bolted slideBolted bars flightingDouble trough side High plate end High plug + Pipe coupling nozzleSpraying Schleißleisten Geschraubte Doppelwendel Trog Erhöhter Blindstopfen mit Gewindemuffe Endschild Erhöhter boulonnées d’usure Barres Sprühdüse bouchon + Piquâge filet double Spire d’auge imb Barra Rehausse di fondo de flasque Rehausse tappo + Manicotto d’aspersion Buse doppia Elica rialz Portasupporto rialzate Sponde Ugello Belt transmissionBelt Riementrieb à courroies Transmission a cin Trasmissione Cylindrical outlet spout outlet Cylindrical hopperLoading bracketsFixing feetAdjustable XBC Auslaufstutzen Zylindrischer Einlauftrichter cylindrique déchargement Bouche Befestigungsbügel Füße Einstellbare Bocca scarico cilin chargement de fixation de Brides Trémie Pieds réglables carico Tramoggia fissaggio per Staffe Piedi regolabili 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 21 10 16 17 19 12 14 18 23 24 26 20 27 28 29 30 - OVERALL DIMENSION 12.08 - EINBAUMASSE SSC 1 - ENCOMBREMENT - INGOMBRO COCLEA WA.01050 T. 06

Ø Ø D A B C M E Nom. 150 145 165 265 257.5 145 115 200 185 209 315 334.5 185 135 250 240 259 365 396.5 215 160 300 280 309 435 474 245 195 350 327 359 485 555 255 235 400 360 401 540 631.5 305 270 500 460 501 655 773.5 380 340 600 625 755 922.5 465 480

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

L = MULTIPLE OF 500 mm IN SCHRITTEN VON 500 mm MULTIPLE DE 500 mm MULTIPLO DI 500 mm - MECHANICAL COMPONENTS 12.08 - MECHANISCHE KOMPONENTEN SSC 1 - COMPOSANTS MECANIQUES - COMPONENTI MECCANICA WA.01050 T. 07

L End bearing assembly - Endlagereinheit Sealing - Wellenabdichtung Coupling - Wellenverbindung Ø [mm] Support palier d'extrémité - Supporto di estremità Etanchéite - Tenuta Accouplemet - Accoppiamento

150 0 - 15 XSV035BV1 XUC045B1 XAZ085E015 1 - 6 XSV035BV1 XUC045B1 XAZ085E020 200 7 - 15 XSV045BV1 XUC055B1 XAZ100E020 1 - 4 XSV035BV1 XUC045B1 XAZ85E025 250 5 - 11 XSV045BV1 XUC055B1 XAZ100E025 12 - 20 XSV055BV1 XUC070B1 XAZ125E025 1 - 2 XSV035BV1 XUC045B1 XAZ085E030 300 3 - 7 XSV045BV1 XUC055B1 XAZ100E030 8 - 20 XSV055BV1 XUC070B1 XAZ125E030 1 - 5 XSV045BV1 XUC055B1 XAZ100E035 350 6 - 12 XSV055BV1 XUC070B1 XAZ125E035 13 - 20 XSV065BV1 XUC080B1 XAZ125E035 1 - 4 XSV045BV1 XUC055B1 XAZ100E040 5 - 9 XSV055BV1 XUC070B1 400 XAZ125E040 10 - 16 XSV065BV1 XUC080B1 17 - 20 XSV080BV1 XUC0100B1 XAZ160E040 1 - 6 XSV055BV1 XUC070B1 XAZ125E050 500 7 - 10 XSV065BV1 XUC080B1 XAZ125E050 11 - 20 XSV080BV1 XUC0100B1 XAZ160E050 1 - 4 XSV055BV1 XUC070B1 XAZ125E060 5 - 6 XSV065BV1 XUC080B1 XAZ125E060 600 7 - 13 XSV080BV1 XUC0100B1 XAZ160E060 14 - 20 XSV0100BV1 XUC0115B1 XAZ190E060

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® - FABRICATED COMPONENTS 12.08 - STAHLBAUTEILE SSC 1 - COMPOSANTS EN CHARPENTE - COMPONENTI CARPENTERIA WA.01050 T. 08

Trough Trog Flighting** - Wendel** Inlet Outlet Cover Cover look Trough liner Auge Spire** - Elica** Einlauf Auslauf Abdekung Befestabdekung Trogauskleidung Ø Truogolo Entrée Decharge Capot Fixation capot Revêtemet *1 *2 - *3 ø e ø i S Pitch Carico Scarico Coperchio Fissaggio coperchio Rivestimento mm mm mm mm mm mm on request bolted 145 auf Wunsch geschraube 150 321457515 XBY015... XFCC XJL015..4 sur demande boulloné 100 a richiesta bulloni on request bolted 185 auf Wunsch geschraube 200 3 2 185 105 15 XBY020... XFCC XJL020..4 sur demande boulloné 125 a richiesta bulloni on request bolted 240 auf Wunsch geschraube 250 3 2 240 140 20 XBY025... XFCC XJL025..4 sur demande boulloné 160 a richiesta bulloni on request bolted 280 auf Wunsch geschraube 300 4 3 280 160 20 XBY030... XFCC XJL030..4 sur demande boulloné 185 a richiesta bulloni on request bolted 327 auf Wunsch geschraube 350 4 3 327 177 25 XBY035... XFCC XJL035..4 sur demande boulloné 218 a richiesta bulloni on request bolted 360 auf Wunsch geschraube 400 4 3 360 220 20 XBY040... XFCC XJL040..4 sur demande boulloné 240 a richiesta bulloni on request bolted 460 auf Wunsch geschraube 500 4 3 460 300 20 XBY050... XFCC XJL050..4 sur demande boulloné 305 a richiesta bulloni on request bolted auf Wunsch geschraube 600 4 4 XBY060... XFCC XJL060..4 sur demande boulloné a richiesta bulloni

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

** Tolerances see page T.28 FLIGHTS Toleranzen siehe Seite WENDEL T.28 Tolérances voir page SPIRES T.28 Tolleranze vedi pag. ELICHE T.XX - SURFACE FINISHES 12.08 - OBERFLÄCHENFINISH SSC SSC 1 1 - FINITION DES SURFACES - FINITURA DELLE SUPERFICI WA.01050 T. 09

STANDARD 310TG

Screw conveyor finish class - Finishklasse der Schnecke - Classe de finition vis sans fin - Classe di finitura coclea 3 Standard Standard Standard Standard 4 High quality Hochwertig Soignée Accurata

Screw finishing treatment - Oberflächenbehandlung Wendel Traitement superficiel de la spire - Trattamento superficiale spira Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + 1 1 Schicht hochfester 1 couche d'antirouille très 1 HS primer coat 1 mano antiruggine altosolido Rostschutz garnissant

Screw colour - Tonalität Wendel - Teintes de la spire - Tonalità spira

0 None Kleine Aucun Nessuno

Trough, covers and end plates surface treatment - Oberflächenbehandlung Trog, Abdeckungen und Endschild Traitement de surface de l'auge, couvercles et flasque porte paliers - Trattamento superficiale truogolo, coperchi e portasupporti

0 None Keine Aucun Nessuno Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + 80μm reprise avec peinture en 80μm verniciatura a polvere S 80μm repaintable powder coat 80μm überlackierbare Pulverbeschichtung poudre possible riverniciabile (RAL 7001 only) (nur RAL 7001) (RAL 7001 seulement) (solo RAL 7001) Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + T 80μm powder coat 80μm Pulverbeschichtung 80μm peinture en poudre 80μm verniciatura a polvere (all RAL paint hues) (alle RAL-Töne) (toutes les RAL) (tutti i RAL) Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + U 120μm powder coat 120μm Pulverbeschichtung 120μm peinture en poudre 120μm verniciatura a polvere (all RAL paint hues) (alle RAL-Töne) (toutes les RAL) (tutti i RAL) Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + 80μm peinture en poudre 80μm verniciatura a polvere V 80μm food-grade powder coat 80μm lebensmittelechte Pulverbeschichtung alimentaire alimentare (RAL 9010 only) (nur RAL 9010) (RAL 9010 seulement) (solo RAL 9010) Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + Sa 2.5 + 80μm galvanized powder + 80μm Zinkstaubanstrich + 80μm zingage aux poudre + 80μm zincante a polvere + X ** 80μm powder coad 80μm Pulverbeschichtung 80μm peinture en poudre 80μm verniciatura a polvere (all RAL paint hues) (alle RAL-Töne) (toutes les RAL) (tutti i RAL)

Colour hues of trough and covers - Farbtöne Trog und Deckel - Teintes auge et couvercles - Tonalità truogolo e coperchi See COLOURS' Table - Siehe Tabelle FARBTÖNE - Voir la table des TEINTES - Vedi tabella TONALITA'

* The type of surface treatment * Der Typ der Oberflächenbe- * Le type de traitement superfi- * Il tipo di trattamento superficia- and internal colour of the handlung und der Tonalität im ciel et les teinte interne de le e la tonalità interna del truo- trough and covers MUST NOT Troginneren und der Deckel l’auge et des couvercles NE golo e dei coperchi NON PO- be different from the external KANN NICHT VON der exter- POURRA PAS ETRE DIFFEREN- TRA’ ESSERE DIVERSA da quel- paint. nen ABWEICHEN. TE de la teinte extérieure. la esterna.

** To defined in agreement ** Mit dem Verkaufsbüro ** A convenir avec le service ** Da concordare con ufficio with the WAM® commer- von WAM® zu vereinba- commercial WAM®. commerciale WAM®. cial Dept ren. - COLOURS 12.08 - FARBTÖNE SSC SSC 1 1 - TONALITES - TONALITÁ WA.01050 T. 10

Standard (always in stock) - Serienmäßig (immer auf Lager vorrätig) De série (toujours disponible en stock) - Di serie (sempre disponibili a magazzino)

G RAL 7035

Fast standard (always in stock) - Serienmäßig schnell (immer auf Lager vorrätig) Standard rapide (toujours disponible en stock) - Standard veloce (sempre disponibili a magazzino)

0 None - Keine - Aucun - Nessuno

A * Caterpillar yellow - Gelb Caterpillar - Jaune caterpillar - Giallo caterpillar

B RAL 1013

C RAL 1015

E RAL 5015

F RAL 6011

H RAL 7032

I * RAL 7001

L RAL 9001

M RAL 9002

N RAL 9010

Q RAL 1006

R RAL 1007

4 RAL 2004

7 RAL 6018

Slow standard (purchased from time to time, subject to minimum quantity) Standard langsam (von Fall zu Fall zu erwerben, unterliegen Mindestbestellmengen) Standard lent (achetés au cas par cas, fournis en quantité minimum) Standard lenta (acquistati di volta in volta, soggetti a quantitativo minimo)

1 Yellow C - Gelb C - Jaune C - Giallo C

6 RAL 5012

D RAL 5010

Others - Andere - Autres - Altri RAL V 1021 - 2008 - 3020 - 5000 - 5017 - 6005 - 6021 - 6029 - 7000 - 7037 - 7038 - 7044 - 7047 - 9003 - 9005 - 9006 - 9016 - 9018

* Recommended colour * Empfohlene Tonalität * Teinte conseillée * Tonalità consigliata

NOTE ANMERKUNGEN REMARQUES NOTE 1) End plate, gear reducers, end 1) Zwischenlagerträger, An- 1) Porte palier, têtes motrices, 1) Portasupporto, testate motri- bearings and drive bases are triebsköpfe, Endlager und paliers d’extrémité et bâtis ci, supporti di estremità e ba- painted using HS paint such Konsolen für die Getriebe pour les transmissions sont samenti per le trasmissioni as RAL 5010 (gentian blue) sind mit HOCHFESTEM Lack peintes uniquement avec des sono verniciati con vernice 2) All types of powder treat- RAL 5010 (Enzianblau) la- peintures A HAUT EXTRAIT ALTO SOLIDO RAL 5010 (blu ment (S, T, U, V, X) are suita- ckiert. SEC RAL 5010 (bleu gentia- genziana) ble for use in applications 2) Alle Arten der Pulverbe- ne). 2) Tutti i tipi di trattamenti a pol- with max. temperature of schichtung (S,T,U,V,X) eig- 2) Tous les types de traitements vere (S,T,U,V,X) sono idonei 80°C. For temperatures com- nen sich für Anwendungen en poudre (S,T,U,V,X) sont per lavorare in applicazioni prised between 80°C÷170°C mit max. Temperatur von indiqués pour travailler dans con temperatura max di 80°C. check with WAM® 80°C. Für die Temperaturen des applications à une tem- Per temperature comprese 3) For painting other than that zwischen enthalten 80°C pérature maximum de 80°C. tra 80°C e 170°C consultare indicated, contact the Manu- ÷170°C bei WAM® rückfragen. Pour les températures com- WAM® facturer. 3) Für unterschiedliche Lackie- portées entre 80°C÷170°C 3) Per verniciature diverse da rungen muss man sich an consulter WAM®. quelle indicate, contattare il den Hersteller wenden. 3) Pour des peintures différen- Costruttore. tes de celles indiquées, veuillez contacter le Cons- tructeur. - SURFACE FINISHING 12.08 - OBERFLÄCHENFINISH SSC 2 SSC 1 - FINITION DES SURFACES SSC 2X - FINITURA DELLE SUPERFICI WA.01050 T. 11

SSC 2

Series B10B0 FINISHING - FINISH - FINITION - FINITURA

B Basic - Standard - Base - Base (description of Table page - Beschreibung Tabelle Seite - description tableau page - Descrizione tabella pag. T.12-13 )

SCREW FINISHING (Carbon steel) - SCHNECKENFINISH (Normalstahl) FINITION DE LA VIS SANS FIN (acier au carbone) - FINITURA SPIRALE (acciaio al carbonio)

Finishing available - Lieferbares Finish Finition disponible - Finitura disponibile

1 Primer - Grund - Fond - Primer

INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL SURFACE FINISHING (trough, covers and endplate) FINISH DER INNEN- UND AUSSENFLÄCHEN (Trog, Abdeckung und Endschild) FINITION DE LA SURFACE INTERIEURE ET EXTERIEURE (auge, couvercles, porte palier) FINITURA SUPERFICIALE INTERNA ED ESTERNA (truogoli, coperchi, portasupporti)

Finishing available - Lieferbares Finish Finition disponible - Finitura disponibile

B F1 hot-rolled - F1 Heißgewalzt - F1 Laminée à chaud - F1 laminata a caldo D 3 (silking 60) - 3 Schliff (Korn 60) - 3 (satinage 60) - 3 (satinata 60) G Glass bead-blasted - Glaskugelgestrahlt - Grenaillage aux billes de verre - Pallinata

Series Finishing - Serienmäßiges Finish - Finition de série - Finitura di serie

Edelstahl SSC 2X

Series BB0B0 FINISHING - FINISH - FINITION - FINITURA

B Basic - Standard - Base - Base (description of Table page - Beschreibung Tabelle Seite - description tableau page - Descrizione tabella pag. T.12-13 )

SCREW FINISHING (Stainless steel) - SCHNECKENFINISH (Edelstahl) FINITION DE LA VIS SANS FIN (acier inox) - FINITURA SPIRALE (acciaio inox)

Finishing available - Lieferbares Finish Finition disponible - Finitura disponibile

B F1 hot-rolled - F1 Heißgewalzt - F1 Laminée à chaud - F1 laminata a caldo

INTERNAL AND EXTERNALSURFACE FINISHING (trough, covers and endplate) FINISH DER INNEN- UND AUSSENFLÄCHEN (Trog, Abdeckung und Endschild) FINITION DE LA SURFACE INTÉRIEURE ET EXTÉRIEURE (auge, couvercles, porte palier) FINITURA SUPERFICIALE INTERNA ED ESTERNA (truogoli, coperchi, portasupporti)

Finishing available - Lieferbares Finish Finition disponible - Finitura disponibile

B F1 hot-rolled - F1 Heißgewalzt - F1 Laminée à chaud - F1 laminata a caldo D 3 (silking 60) - 3 Schliff (Korn 60) - 3 (satinage 60) - 3 (satinata 60)

G Glass bead-blasted - Glaskugelgestrahlt - Grenaillage aux billes de verre - Pallinata

Series Finishing - Serienmäßiges Finish - Finition de série - Finitura di serie - SURFACE FINISHING 12.08 - OBERFLÄCHENFINISH SSC 2 SSC 1 - FINITION DES SURFACES SSC 2X - FINITURA DELLE SUPERFICI WA.01050 T. 11

SSC 2

Series B10B0 FINISHING - FINISH - FINITION - FINITURA

B Basic - Standard - Base - Base (description of Table page - Beschreibung Tabelle Seite - description tableau page - Descrizione tabella pag. T.12-13 )

SCREW FINISHING (Carbon steel) - SCHNECKENFINISH (Normalstahl) FINITION DE LA VIS SANS FIN (acier au carbone) - FINITURA SPIRALE (acciaio al carbonio)

Finishing available - Lieferbares Finish Finition disponible - Finitura disponibile

1 Primer - Grund - Fond - Primer

Finishing available - Lieferbares Finish Finition disponible - Finitura disponibile

Series Finishing - Serienmäßiges Finish - Finition de série - Finitura di serie

Edelstahl SSC 2X

Series BB0B0 FINISHING - FINISH - FINITION - FINITURA

B Basic - Standard - Base - Base (description of Table page - Beschreibung Tabelle Seite - description tableau page - Descrizione tabella pag. T.12-13 )

SCREW FINISHING (Stainless steel) - SCHNECKENFINISH (Edelstahl) FINITION DE LA VIS SANS FIN (acier inox) - FINITURA SPIRALE (acciaio inox)

Finishing available - Lieferbares Finish Finition disponible - Finitura disponibile

B F1 hot-rolled - F1 Heißgewalzt - F1 Laminée à chaud - F1 laminata a caldo

Finishing available - Lieferbares Finish Finition disponible - Finitura disponibile

B F1 hot-rolled - F1 Heißgewalzt - F1 Laminée à chaud - F1 laminata a caldo D 3 (silking 60) - 3 Schliff (Korn 60) - 3 (satinage 60) - 3 (satinata 60)

G Glass bead-blasted - Glaskugelgestrahlt - Grenaillage aux billes de verre - Pallinata

Series Finishing - Serienmäßiges Finish - Finition de série - Finitura di serie - SCREW FINISH 12.08 - SCHNECKENFINISH SSC SSC 2 - 2X 1 - FINITION VIS SANS - FINITURA COCLEA WA.01050 T. 12

FINISH B SSC2 - SSC2X Flight-flight weld Rod welding (MIG-MAG) Rod welding (MIG-MAG) SCREW Flight-coupling weld Execution State-of-the-art Appearance Normal execution Cleaning welds Mechanical cleaning of welds by micro shot peening External TIG seam welding without surfacing Inlet spout weld Internal Not envisaged Connection Normal execution with removal of large imperfections TROUGH (including Externally TIG seam welding without surfacing End ring welds covers) Front Not envisaged Cleaning welds Mechanical cleaning of welds by micro shot peening Appearance No burrs or sharp edges in any of the components Gasket Liquid silicone in flanges Material Stainless steel like the screw END PLATE Appearance No burrs or sharp edges Material Iron and flare processed stainless steel like the screw BASES Appearance No burrs or sharp edges In contact with the product Stainless steel like the screw NUTS AND BOLTS Remainder Galvanized iron (end rings, base, covers) OPTIONAL Welds TIG with surfacing

FINISH B SSC2 - SSC2X Schweißung Wendel - Wendel Nahtschweißverfahren (MIG-MAG) Nahtschweißverfahren (MIG-MAG) Schweißung Wendel WENDEL Ausführung fachgerecht Wellenverbindung Aussehen normale Ausführung Reinigung Schweißnähte Mechanische Reinigung der Schweißarbeit durch Mikrostrahlung Außen WIG Nahtschweißverfahren ohne Auftrag Schweißung Einlaufstutzen Innen nicht vorgesehen Verbindung Normale Ausführung, nur Beseitigung größerer Mängel TROG (Abdeckungen Außen WIG Nahtschweißverfahren ohne Auftrag Schweißung Endringe inbegriffen) Frontal nicht vorgesehen Reinigung Schweißnähte Mechanische Reinigung der Schweißarbeit durch Mikrostrahlung Aussehen Alle Komponenten ohne Grate und Kanten Dichtung Flüssigsilikon in Flanschen Werkstoff Edelstahl wie Schnecke ENDSCHILD Aussehen Keine Grate und schneidenden Kanten Werkstoff Aus Fe und Edelstahl-Bördelungen wie Schnecke KONSOLEN Aussehen Keine Grate und schneidenden Kanten produktberührend Aus Edelstahl wie Schnecke SCHRAUBTEILE alle anderen Aus verzinktem Fe (Endringe, Konsole, Abdeckungen) OPTIONEN Schweißungen WIG Schweißverfahren mit Auftrag - SCREW FINISH 12.08 - SCHNECKENFINISH SSC SSC 2 - 2X 1 - FINITIION VIS SANS - FINITURA COCLEA WA.01050 T. 13

FINITION B SSC2 - SSC2X Soudure hélice tube Fil (MIG-MAG) Fil (MIG-MAG) SPIRE Soudure hélice-accoupl. Réalisation Dans les règles de l'art Aspect Réalisation ordinaire Nettoyage soudures Nettoyage mécanique des soudures par microgrenaillage Extérieur TIG continu sans revêtement Soudure bouche de Intérieur Non prévu chargement Connexion Réalisation ordinaire avec seulement élimination des grandes imperfections Soudure anneaux A l'extérieur TIG continu sans revêtement AUGE (couvercles inclus) d'extrémité Frontalement Non prévu Nettoyage soudures Nettoyage mécanique des soudures par microgrenaillage Aspect Absences de bavures dans tous les composants Garniture Silicone liquide dans les brides Matériau Inox comme vis sans fin PORTE PALIER Aspect Absence de bavures et arêtes vives Matériau En Fe et raccord Inox comme vis sans fin BATIS Aspect Absence de bavures et arêtes vives En contact avec le produit Inox comme vis sans fin BOULONNERIE Restante En Fe galvanisé (anneaux d'extrémité, bâti, couvercles) OPTION Soudures TIG avec revêtement de matière

FINITURA B SSC2 - SSC2X Saldatura elica-elica Filo (MIG-MAG) Filo (MIG-MAG) SPIRA Saldatura elica-accop. Esecuzione A regola d'arte Aspetto Di normale esecuzione Pulizia saldature Pulizia meccanica delle saldature con micropallinatura Esterno TIG continua senza riporto Saldatura bocca carico Interno Non prevista Connessione Di normale esecuzione con l'eliminazione di grandi imperfezioni TRUOGOLO Esternamente TIG continua senza riporto Saldatura anelli terminali (coperchi compresi) Frontalmente Non prevista Pulizia saldature Pulizia meccanica delle saldature con micropallinatura Aspetto Assenza di bave e spigoli in tutti i componenti Guarnizione Siliconica liquida nelle flangiature Materiale Inox come coclea PORTASUPPORTO Aspetto Assenza di bave e spigoli taglienti Materiale In Fe e cartellatura Inox come coclea BASAMENTI Aspetto Assenza di bave e spigoli taglienti A contatto con il prodotto Inox come coclea BULLONERIA Restante In Fe zincato (anelli terminali, basamento, coperchi) OPTIONAL Saldature TIG con riporto di materiale - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 14

123456 1234567

123456 1st GROUP 1234567 1. GRUPPE

123456 1234567

123456 STRUCTURE 1234567 STRUKTUR

SSC

Applications - Anwendungen F =sludge - schlamme G =screenings - rechengut

Diameter - Durchmesser 015 - 020 - 025 - 030 - 035 - 040 - 050 - 060

Lenght - Länge L ≤ 200 (dm)

Section trough - Trogabschnitt U = compound U shaped - U-Profil zusammengesetzt W=U shaped with 1 angular flight guide - U-Profil mit einem Wendelführungseisen Z =U shaped with 2 angular flight guides - U-Profil mit zwei Wendelführungseisen T =built-in - Integral (CSA)

Screw conveyors material - Schraubenförderwerke materiell (excluding screw) 1= Fe 2= AISI 304L 3= AISI 316L

Trough thickness - Abflussrinnestärke Stainless steel only - Nur Edelstahl ø ≤ 250 (mm)

Liner - Trogauskleindung += Without - Ohne 4 = HDPE (STD) 7 = UHMWPE 9 =UHMWPE (Double-colour) - (Zweifarbig) A=(bolted bars) - (verschraubte Leisten) B=Welded slide bars - Geschweisste schleissleisten

Spiral type - Schneckenwendel typ SS= Single - einfach DP= Double - doppell SM= Single thick - einf. dick

Spiral - Wendel 1= Fe 2= AISI 304L 3= AISI 316L

Pitch - Steigung C= Conveyor - forderer 1/1 E= Feeder - austrage 2/3

Supplied with cover - Ausgestattet mit abdeckung += Without - ohne C= With cover - mit abdeckung

Cover fittings - Befestigung der Abdeckung + =Without - ohne C =Hinge - Scharnier H =Bolts - Schraubbolzen (STD) M =Screw clamps - Schraubzwingenverschluss - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 15

123456 1234567

123456 1st GROUP 1234567 1. GRUPPE

123456 1234567

123456 STRUCTURE 1234567 STRUKTUR

Inclination - Einbauwinkel

Outlet height - Auslaufhöhe + + + = if not round - wenn nicht kreisförmig Ø (in mm) if round - wenn kreisförmig

Outlet diameter - Auslaufdurch mess. + + + = if not round - wenn nicht kreisförmig Ø (in mm) if round - wenn kreisförmig

Outlet - Auslauf A = Axial - Axial + = Without - ohne C = Round - Runde Q = Square - quadratisch V = rectang. x 1,5 - recteking x 1,5 R = rectang. x 2 - recteking x 1,5 X = Square end (STD) - quadratisch am ende (STD) Y = Rectangular end x 45 (STD) - Recteking am Ende x 45 (STD) W= Rectangular end x 2 - Recteking am Ende x 2

Inlet height - Einlaufhoehe + + + = if not round - wenn nicht kreisförmig Ø (in mm) if round - wenn kreisförmig

Inlet diameter - Einlaufdurchmesser + + + = if not round - wenn nicht kreisförmig Ø (in mm) if round - wenn kreisförmig

Inlet - Einlauf + = Without - ohne Q = Square - quadratisch V = Rectangular 1,5 - rechteckig 1,5 R = Rectangular 2 - rechteckig 2 C = Round - Ronde

Overflow hatch flap - Ueberlaufklappe + = Without - ohne P = With overflow hatch flap - mit ueberlaufklappe - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 16

1234567 1234567

1234567 2st GROUP 1234567 2. GRUPPE

1234567 1234567 1234567 1234567 ANTRIEB 1234567 DRIVE UNIT 1234567

SSC

Drive position - Antriebsanordnung C = inlet end - einlaufseitig T = outlet end - auslaufseitig

Transmission type - Typ Kraftübertragung + = direct - direkt N = bare shaft- nur welle L = coupling - Kupplung A = chain - Kette 1:1 B = chain - Kette 1:1.25 C = chain - Kette 1:1.56 D = chain - Kette 1:2 S = belt - Riemen 1:1 T = belt - Riemen 1:1.25 U = belt - Riemen 1:1.56 V = belt - Riemen 1:2

Mount position - Position Konsole Direct drive - Direktantrieb +=without - ohne

Belt drive - Riementrieb A=above - oben

Drive Coupling - Kupplungsantrieb L=in line - Reihentyp

Chain drive - Kettenantrieb N=north - Norden S=south - Süden E=east - Osten W=west - Westen

Gear ratio - Untersetzungsverhältnis 1/40 =40 1/80 =80 + + = if not WAM® - wenn nicht WAM®

Power - Antriebsleistung 0055 - 0075 - 0110 - 0150 - 0220 - 0300 - 0400 0550 - 0750 - 0920 - 1100 - 1500 - 1850 - 2200 (daw)

Poles - Pole 04 =4 48 = 4/8

Voltage supply - Betriebsspannung +++= non WAM 260= 260 - 440 V 240= 240 - 415 V 230= 230 - 400 V 200= 200 - 345 V - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 17

1234567 1234567

1234567 2st GROUP 12345672. GRUPPE

1234567 1234567

1234567 DRIVE UNIT 1234567ANTRIEB

Type outlet - Auslauftyp + + + = if not WAM® - wenn nicht WAM® B61 = S21 B62 = S23 B65 = S25 B67 = S27 K21 = S21 K23 = S23 K25 = S25 K27 = S27

Gear reducer type - Getriebetyp + + = if not WAM® - wenn nicht WAM® S21 S23 S25 S27 P23 P25 P27 RA70= 070 RA85= 085 RA110 = 110 RA130 = 130 FZAF88 = 088 FZAF108= 108

Motor shape - Form Motor - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 18

123456 1234567

123456 rd 1234567 123456 3 GROUP 1234567 3. GRUPPE

123456 1234567

123456 MECHANICAL PARTS 1234567 MECHANIK

End bearing - Endlagereinheit + + = if not WAM® - wenn nicht WAM® SV = STD

Ø End shaft - Endwellenzapfen 025 =ø 25 035 =ø 35 055 =ø 55 065 =ø 65 080 =ø 80 100 = ø 100

Inlet bearing - Einlauf-Wälzlager + = without - ohne B = radial + thrust - radial/axial

Outlet bearing - Auslauf-Wälzlager + = without - ohne B = radial + thrust - radial/axial

Shaft sealing Typ XUC - Wellenabdichtung auslauseiting XUC + = without - ohne B = Graphite-coated packing gland - Grafitpackung C = Teflon-coated packing gland - Teflonpackung D = Glass fibre packing gland - Packung aus Glasfasern N = with grease chamber - mit Fettkammer J = Additional inner seal - zusätzlich innen

- MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 19

123456 1234567

123456 1er GROUPE 1234567 1° GRUPPO

123456 1234567

123456 STRUCTURE 1234567 STRUTTURA

SSC

Applications - Applicazioni F= boues - fanghi G= degrillage - grigliati

Diamétre - Diametro 015 - 020 - 025 - 030 - 035 - 040 - 050 - 060

Longueur - Lunghezza L ≤ 200 (dm)

Auge section - Sezione truogolo U =à U composé - ad U composto W=à U avec une cornière de guidage spire - ad U con 1 angolare guida elica Z =à U avec 2 cornières de guidage spire - ad U con 2 angolari guida elica T =intégrale (CSA) - integrale (CSA)

Auge matériel (spire exclue) - Materiale coclea (spira esclusa) 1= Fe 2= AISI 304L 3= AISI 316L

Epaisseur auge - Spessore truogolo Inox seulement - Solo inox ø ≤ 250 (mm)

Revetement - Rivestimento += Sans - Senza 4 = HDPE (STD) 7 = UHMWPE 9 = UHMWPE ( Bicolore) A=(barres boulonnées) - (barre imbullonate) B=Barres d’usure soudees - Barre di fondo saldate

Rotor spire type - Tipo spira SS= simple - singola DP= double - doppia SM= simple épaisse - singola a spessore maggiorato

Spire - Elica 1= Fe 2= AISI 304L 3= AISI 316L Pas - Passo C= convoyage- convogliatricae 1/1 E= extraction - estrattrice 2/3 Dotazione covercle - Dotazione coperchio += sans - senza C= avec capotage - con coperchio

Fixation couvercle - Fissaggio coperchio += sans - senza C= Charnière - Cerniera H= Boulons - Bulloni (STD) M= Pince à vis - Morsetti a vite - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 20

1234567 1234567

1234567 1st GROUP 1234567 1° GRUPPO

1234567 1234567 1234567 1234567 STRUTTURA 1234567 STRUCTURE 1234567

Inclinaison - Inclinazione

Hauteur sortie - Altezza bocca scarico + + + = si non circulaire - se non circolare Ø(in mm) si circulaire

Diamètre sortie - Diametro bocca di scarico + + + = si non circulaire- se non circolare Ø (in mm) si circulaire - se circolare

Sortie - Scarico A = Axial - Axial + = sans - senza C = Rond - Circolare Q = Carrée - quadra V = Rectangulaire x 1,5 - Rettangolare x 1,5 R = Rectangulaire x 2 - Rettangolare x 2 X = Carrée d’extrémité (STD) - Quadra d’estremità (STD) Y = Rectangulaire d’extrémité x 45 (STD) - Rettangolare x 45 d’estremità (STD) W= Rectangulaire d’extrémité x 2 - Rettangolare x 2 d’estremità

Diamètre entree - Diametro bocca di carico + + + = si non circulaire- se non circolare Ø (in mm) si circulaire - se circolare

Entrée - Carico + = sans -senza Q = Carrée - quadra V = Rectangulaire 1,5 - rettangolare 1.5 R = Rectangulaire 2 - rettangolare 2 C = Runde - Circolare - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 21

123456 1234567

123456 2er GROUPE 1234567 2° GRUPPO

123456 1234567 123456 MOTORISATION 1234567 123456 1234567 MOTORIZZAZIONE

SSC

Position motorisation - Posizione motorizzazione C = côté d’entrée - coda T = côté de sortie - testa

Type d’entraînement - Tipo di trasmissione + = directe - diretta N = arbre nu - albero nudo L = accouplement - giunto A = chaîne - catena 1:1 B = chaîne - catena 1:1.25 C = chaîne - catena 1:1.56 D = chaîne - catena 1:2 S = courroie - cinghia 1:1 T = courroie - cinghia 1:1.25 U = courroie - cinghia 1:1.56 V = courroie - cinghia 1:2

Position du bâti - Posizione basamento Entraînement direct - Trasmissione diretta +=sans - senza

Entraînement par courroie - Trasmissione cinghia A=en haut - in alto

Entraînem. par accoupl. - Trasm. giunto L=en ligne - in linea

Entraînement par chaîne - Trasmissione a catena N=nord - nord S=sud - sud E= est - est W= ouest - ovest

Rapport de réduction - Rapporto di riduzione 1/40 =40 1/80 =80 + + = si pas WAM® - se non WAM®

Puissance - Potenza 0055 - 0075 - 0110 - 0150 - 0220 - 0300 - 0400 0550 - 0750 - 0920 - 1100 - 1500 - 1850 - 2200 (daw)

Pôles - Poli 04 =4 48 = 4/8

Voltage d’alimentation - Tensione di alimentazione +++= non WAM - non WAM 260= 260 - 440 V 240= 240 - 415 V 230= 230 - 400 V 200= 200 - 345 V - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 22

1234567 1234567

12345672er GROUPE 1234567 2° GRUPPO

1234567 1234567

1234567MOTORISATION 1234567 MOTORIZZAZIONE

Type uscita - Tipo uscita + + + = si pas WAM® - se non WAM® B61 = S21 B62 = S23 B65 = S25 B67 = S27 K21 = S21 K23 = S23 K25 = S25 K27 = S27

Type réducteur - Tipo riduttore + + = si pas WAM® - se non WAM® S21 S23 S25 S27 P23 P25 P27 RA70= 070 RA85= 085 RA110 = 110 RA130 = 130 FZAF88 = 088 FZAF108 = 108

Forme du moteur - Forma del motore - MODULAR CODE KEY 12.08 - SUCHCODESCHLÜSSEL SSC 1 - CODE MODULAIRE - CHIAVE SIGLA MODULARE WA.01050 T. 23

123456 1234567

123456 E 1234567 123456 3 GROUPE 1234567 3° GRUPPO

123456 1234567 123456 1234567 MECCANICA 123456 MECANIQUE 1234567

Support d’extrémité - Supporto d’estremità + + = si pas WAM® - se non WAM® SV = STD

Ø Arbre d’extrémité - Albero estremità 025 =ø 25 035 =ø 35 055 =ø 55 065 =ø 65 080 =ø 80 100 = ø 100

Roulement chargement - Cuscinetto carico + = without - sans B = radial + thrust - radial-axial

Roulement déchargement - Cuscinetto scarico + = sans - senza B = radial-axial - radiale-assiale

Type etanchéité XUC - Tipo tenuta XUC + = sans - senza B = Garniture à tresse graphitée - Banderna grafitata C = Garniture à tresse graphitée - Banderna teflonata D = Garniture à tresse en fil de verre - Banderna in filato di vetro N = Avec chambre à graisse - Con camera grasso J = Additionnelle interne - Addizionale interna - INQUIRY AND ORDER FORM 12.08 - ANFRAGE -UND BESTELL BLATT SSC 1 - QUESTIONNAIRE - MODULO DI RICHIESTA WA.01050 T. 24

CUSTOMER REQUEST OF OFFER DATE

DIRECT

COUPLING

BELTS

CHAIN

PRODUCT

Name Biological sludge Industrial sludge Screened Bulk Density [ t/m Grain size mm μm Dry content8 - 15 % 15 - 25 % 25 - 35 % more than 35% AbrasivenessLow Medium High Temperature [ C° ] Properties or hazards

SCREW

Conveyor From: To: Puller screw From: To: Capacity [ m3/h ] Length [mm] Trough L = Inclination [ α° ] Construction material Carbon steel AISI 304L AISI 316L Finish ABF Diameter if requested ø T = Inlet Without (Std.) XBCC XBQ XBV XBR Special Outlet XBY (Std.) XBC XBQ XBV XBX Special OPERATION

Continuous Hours/day = Days/year = Discontinuous Start-ups/hour = Hours/day = Type of plant IndoorInstallation Outdoor DRIVE UNIT

Assembly position At Inlet At Outlet Voltage [ V ] Frequency [ Hz ] 50 60 OPTIONALS

NOTES - INQUIRY AND ORDER FORM 12.08 - ANFRAGE -UND BESTELL BLATT SSC 1 - QUESTIONNAIRE - MODULO DI RICHIESTA WA.01050 T. 25

KUNDE FORMULAR ZUR ANGEBOTSANFORDERUNG DATUM

DIREKT

KUPLUNG

RIEMEN

KETTE

PRODUKT

Name Biolog. Schlamm Industrieschlamm Rechengut Dichte [ t/m3 ] Korngröße mm μm Trockenmasse8 - 15 % 15 - 25 % 25 - 35 % über 35% AbrasivitätNiedrig Mittel Hoch Temperatur [ C° ] Risikoeigenschaften

SCHNECKE

Förderschnecke Da: A: Austragsschnecke Da: A: Fördermenge [ m3/h ] Länge [mm] Trog L = Anstellwinkel [ α° ] Werkstoff Normstahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 Finish ABF Durchmesser, wenn verla ø T = Einlauf ohne (serienmäßig) XBCC XBQ XBV XBR Spezial Auslauf XBY serienmäßig) XBC XBQ XBV XBX Spezial BETRIEBSART

Dauerbetrieb h/Tag = Tage/Jahr = Aussetzbetrieb Anläufe/h = h/Tag = Anlagentyp innenInstallation im Freien MOTORISIERUNG

Montageposition Einlauf Auslauf Spannung [ V ] Frequenz [ Hz ] 50 60 ZUBEHÖR

ANMERKUNGEN - INQUIRY AND ORDER FORM 12.08 - ANFRAGE -UND BESTELL BLATT SSC 1 - QUESTIONNAIRE - MODULO DI RICHIESTA WA.01050 T. 26

CLIENT MODULE DE DEMANDE DE DEVIS DATE

DIRECTE

JOINT

COURROIES

CHAÎNE

PRODUIT

Nom Boue Biologique Boue Industrielle Dégrillé Densité [ t/m3 ] Granulométrie mm μm Teneur mat. sèche8 - 15 % 15 - 25 % 25 - 35 % plus de 35% AbrasivitéFaible Moyenne Elevée Température [ C° ] Propriété à Risque

VIS SANS FIN

Transport De: A: Extraction De: A: Débit [ m3/h ] Longueur [mm] Canalisation Inclinaison [ α° ] Matériau de construction Acier au carbone AISI 304L AISI 316L Finition ABF Diamètre si Requis ø T = Bouche Entrée Sans (de série) XBCC XBQ XBV XBR Spéciale Bouche Sortie XBY (de série) XBC XBQ XBV XBX Spéciale FONCTIONNEMENT

Continu Heures/jour = Jours/an = Discontinu Démarrages/heure = Heures/jour = Type d’Installation A l'intérieurInstallation A l'extérieur MOTORISATION

Position de montage A l'Entrée A la Sortie Tension [ V ] Fréquence [ Hz ] 50 60 ACCESSOIRES

REMARQUE - INQUIRY AND ORDER FORM 12.08 - ANFRAGE -UND BESTELL BLATT SSC 1 - QUESTIONNAIRE - MODULO DI RICHIESTA WA.01050 T. 27

CLIENTE MODULO DI RICHIESTA DI OFFERTA DATA

DIRETTA

GIUNTO

CINGHIE

CATENA

PRODOTTO

Nome Fango Biologico Fango Industriale Grigliato Densità [ t/m3 ] Granulometria mm μm Tenore di secco8 - 15 % 15 - 25 % 25 - 35 % oltre 35% AbrasivitàBassa Media Alta Temperatura [ C° ] Proprietà a Rischio

COCLEA

Convogliatrice Da: A: Estrattrice Da: A: Portata [ m3/h ] Lunghezza [mm] Canala L = Inclinazione [ α° ] Mater. di costruzione Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L Finitura ABF Diametro se Richiesto ø T = Bocca Carico Senza (di serie) XBCC XBQ XBV XBR Speciale Bocca Scarico XBY (di serie) XBC XBQ XBV XBX Speciale FUNZIONAMENTO

Continuo Ore/giorno = Giorni/anno = Discontinuo Avviamenti/ora = Ore/giorno = Tipo di Impianto All'internoInstallazione All'esterno MOTORIZZAZIONE

Posizione di montaggio Al Carico Allo Scarico Tensione [ V ] Frequenza [ Hz ] 50 60 ACCESSORI

NOTE - COMPOUND TROUGH 12.08 - ZUSAMMENGESETZTER TROG SSC 1 - AUGE COMPOSEE - TRUOGOLO COMPOSTO WA.01050 T. 28

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

H T kg/m Ø Code A B C D E F G *2 *2 *2 *1 *1 (*) *1 *3 *3 *3 150 ....015.. 175 48 165 261 115 230 43 6 5 3 2(3) 17 12 200 ....020.. 225 51 209 311 135 280 43 6 5 3 2(3) 20 14 250 ....025.. 275 51 259 361 160 330 43 6 5 3 2(3) 25 17 300 ....030.. 325 62 309 433 195 385 54 6 6 4 3 40 30 350 ....035.. 375 62 359 483 235 445 54 6 6 4 3 45 34 400 ....040.. 425 66 401 533 270 500 54 6 6 4 3 51 39 500 ....050.. 525 76 501 653 340 600 64 6 6 4 3 65 49 600 ....060.. 625 86 601 753 420 700 64 6 6 4 4 60 80

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

L = MULTIPLE OF 500 mm IN SCHRITTEN VON 500 mm MULTIPLE DE 500 mm MULTIPLO DI 500 mm

(*) Optional thickness, on request Optionale Blechstärken auf Anfrage Épaisseur en option sur demande Spessore opzionale a richiesta 12.08 - DRIVE END PLATE - ANTRIEBSSEITIGER ENDSCHILD SSC 1 - FLASQUE COTE MOTORISATION - PORTASUPPORTO LATO MOTORIZZAZIONE WA.01050 T. 29

Ø X

150 ≤ ø ≤ 400

Ø X

ø 500 - 600 - DRIVE END PLATE 12.08 - ANTRIEBSSEITIGER ENDSCHILD SSC 1 - FLASQUE COTE MOTORISATION 1 - PORTASUPPORTO LATO MOTORIZZAZIONE WA.01050 T. 30

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio Mild steel Stainless steel AISI 304L 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L *1 Stahl *2 Edelstahl 1.4306 Acier au carbone INOX 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L

E N P kg For - Für Ø Code A B C D F G H I L M Ø X Ø Y *1 *2 ± 5 ± 5 *1 *2 Pour - Per S23 150 XPUS015607_ 265 260 145 115 6 5 230 25 35 110 65 105 135 125 12.5 48 4 3 XSV035 XPUS0206A8_ 105 48 XSV035 XPUS0206B7_ 130 48 S23 200 315 320 185 135 6 5 280 25 35 150 85 173 147 12.5 65 XPUS0206... 149 53 S25 XPUS0206B8_ 130 58 XSV045 XPUS025610_ 105 48 XSV035 XPUS0256A0_ 130 48 S23 XPUS0256A1_ 130 58 XSV045 250 365 375 215 160 6 5 330 30 80 135 100 205.5 169.5 14.5 97 XPUS0256A9_ 149 53 S25 XPUS0256AA_ 149 73 XSV055 XPUS0256... 198 63 S27 XPUS030611_ 130 58 XSV045 XPUS030613_ 149 53 S25 300 XPUS030614_ 435 440 245 195 6 5 385 30 80 165 135 149 230.5 209.5 14.5 73 13 11 XSV055 XPUS0306A1_ 171 83 XSV065 XPUS0306A2_ 198 63 S27 XPUS035811_ 130 58 XSV045 XPUS035815_ 149 53 S25 350 XPUS035816_ 485 510 275 235 8 6 445 30 80 195 175 149 259 251 14.5 73 20 15 XSV055 XPUS0358A5_ 171 83 XSV065 XPUS0358B4_ 198 63 S27 XPUS040811_ 130 58 XSV045 XPUS040815_ 149 53 S25 400 XPUS040816_ 540 575 305 270 8 6 500 35 120 185 200 149 284.5 290.5 18.5 73 27 22 XSV055 XPUS0408A5_ 171 83 XSV065 XPUS0408B4_ 198 63 S27 XPUS050A15_ 149 53 S25 XPUS050A14_ 149 73 XSV055 500 655 720 380 340 10 8 600 35 120 140 135 359.5 360.5 18.5 44 35 XPUS050AA3_ 171 83 XSV065 XPUS050A18_ 198 63 S27 XPUS060A15_ 149 53 S25 XPUS060A14_ 149 73 XSV055 600 755 885 465 420 10 8 700 35 120 225 175 453 432 18.5 62 50 XPUS060AA3_ 171 83 XSV065 XPUS060A18_ 198 63 S27

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

Top and botton flange holing see Flanschbohrungen oben und Perçage supérieur et infé-rieur Foratura superiore e inferiore a page 31. unten siehe Seite 31 à page 31. pag.31. - BLANK END PLATE 12.08 - BLIND-ENDSCHILD SSC 1 - FLASQUE D’EXTREMITE FAUSSE - PORTASUPPORTO CIECO WA.01050 T. 31

BOTTOM HULING - FLANSCHBOHRUNG UNTEN - REBORD INFERIEUR - FORATURA INFERIORE

TOP DRILLING - FLANSCHBOHRUNG OBEN - REBORD SUPERIEUR - FORATURA SUPERIORE

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio

2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

E kg/m Ø FIG. Code A B *2 N P Q R T V X Y Z *2 *1 *1 *3 *3 150 1 XPU0015.00_ 265 260 6 5 230 50 30 25 17.5 40 115 12.5 12.5 4 3 200 2 XPU0020.00_ 315 320 6 5 280 50 30 25 17.5 40 93.3 12.5 14.5 6 5 250 2 XPU0025.00_ 365 375 6 5 330 70 40 30 17.5 50 110 12.5 14.5 8 7 300 2 XPU0030.00_ 435 440 6 5 385 70 40 30 25 50 128.3 12.5 18.5 11 9 350 3 XPU0035.00_ 485 510 8 6 445 70 40 30 20 50 89 12.5 18.5 19 14.5 400 3 XPU0040.00_ 540 575 8 6 500 80 45 37.5 20 60 100 12.5 18.5 24 20 500 3 XPU0050.00_ 655 720 10 8 600 90 50 37.5 27.5 60 120 15.5 26 44 35 600 3 XPU0060.00_ 755 885 10 8 700 100 55 37.5 27.5 60 140 15.5 26 61 47

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

*1 Mild steel *2 Stainless steel AISI 304L *3 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) Acier au carbone INOX 304L INOX 316L Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L - SPIRAL - MILD STEEL , ST. ST. AISI 304L 12.08 - SPIRALWENDEL - STAHL, EDELSTAHL 1.4306 SSC 1 - SPIRE - ACIER AU CARBONE, INOX 304L - ELICA - ACCIAIO AL CARBONIO, AISI 304L WA.01050 T. 32

Band - Band Max. torque - max. paar Weight - Gewichte Ø A B C P Bande - Fascia couple maxi - max coppia Poids - Peso Code nom. F x S [Nm] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] Fe Inox 304 +7 +0 145 -7 10 39 8 _ _ 2 0100 150 145 75 3 35 x 15 -4 +7 100 -7 14.5 39 8 _ _ 4 0100 +7 +0 185 -7 11.1 39 8 _ _ 2 0150 200 185 105 3 40 x 15 -4 +7 125 -7 16.5 39 8 _ _ 4 0150 +7 +0 240 -7 18.6 39 8 _ _ 2 0200 250 240 140 4 50 x 20 -4 +7 160 -7 28 39 8 _ _ 4 0200 +10 +0 280 -10 22.3 39 8 _ _ 2 0250 300 280 160 4 60 x 20 -4 +10 185 -10 33.6 39 8 _ _ 4 0250 +10 +0 327 -10 38.8 39 8 _ _ 2 2450 350 327 177 5 75 x 25 -6 +10 218 -10 55.6 39 8 _ _ 4 2450 +10 +0 360 -10 26 39 8 _ _ 2 0300 400 360 220 5 70 x 20 -6 +10 240 -10 38.5 39 8 _ _ 4 0300 +10 +0 460 -10 30 39 8 _ _ 2 0350 500 460 300 5 80 x 20 -6 +10 305 -10 45 39 8 _ _ 4 0350 +10 +0 -10 600 6 -6 +10 -10 Special steel - Spezieller Stahl - Acier Spécial - Acciaio speciale 2 AISI 304 stainless steel - Edelstahl 1.4301 - Acier inox AISI 304 - Acciaio inox AISI 304 6

RH flight - Rechtsgängige Wendel - Spire Droite - Elica destra 0 LH flight - Linksgängige Wendel - Spire gauche - Elica sinistra 2

Pitch 1/1 - Steigung 1/1 - Pas 1/1 - Passo 1/1 2 Pitch 2/3 - Steigung 2/3 - Pas 2/3 - Passo 2/3 4

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® - XAZ-TYPE COUPLING 12.08 - WELLENVERBINDUNG XAZ SSC 1 - ACCOUPLEMENT XAZ - ACCOPPIAMENTO XAZ WA.01050 T. 33

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

Holes - Bohr. For - Für Ø Code A Ø B Ø C D trous - Fori kg Pour - Per N° 150 XAZ085E015_ 140 85 65 M12 4 S23 - XSV035 2 XAZ085E020_ 170 85 65 M12 4 S23 - XSV035 3.2 200 XAZ100E020_ 170 100 78 M16 4 S25 - XSV045 3 XAZ085E025_ 230 85 65 M12 4 S23 -XSV035 6.3 250 XAZ100E025_ 230 100 78 M16 4 S25 - XSV045 6.1 XAZ125E025_ 230 125 105 M16 6 S27 - XSV055 5.4 XAZ085E030_ 270 85 65 M12 4 S23 - XSV035 8.9 300 XAZ100E030_ 270 100 78 M16 4 XSV045 - S25 8.6 XAZ125E030_ 270 125 105 M16 6 S27 - XSV055 - XSV065 8 XAZ100E035_ 320 100 78 M16 4 S25 - XSV045 13.3 350 XAZ125E035_ 320 125 105 M16 6 S27 - XSV055/065 12.7 XAZ100E040_ 350 100 78 M16 4 S25 - XSV045 15.1 400 XAZ125E040_ 350 125 105 M16 6 S27 - XSV055/065 14.4 XAZ100E050_ 450 100 78 M16 4 S25 XSV045 25.4 500 XAZ125E050_ 450 125 105 M16 6 S27 - XSV055/065 24.8 XAZ100E060_ 565 100 78 M16 4 S25 - XSV045 38.4 XAZ125E060_ 565 125 105 M16 6 S27 - XSV055/065 37.7 600 XAZ160E060_ 565 160 135 M20 6 XSV080 36.8 XAZ190E060_ 565 190 160 M24 6 XSV100 36

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® 12.08 - LINER MADE OF HDPE - TROGAUSKLEIDUNG AUS HDPE SSC 1 - REVETEMENT HDPE - RIVESTIMENTO HDPE WA.01050 T. 34

Ø Code G kg/m

150 XJL015_ _4 5 1.3 200 XJL020_ _4 8 2.8 250 XJL025_ _4 8 3.4 300 XJL030_ _4 8 4.0 350 XJL035_ _4 8 7 400 XJL040_ _4 12 7.8 500 XJL050_ _4 12 9.7 600 XJL060_ _4 12 11.6

XJL

Bottom liner - Trogauskleidung Revêtement de fond - Rivestimento di fondo

Ø nominal - nominal - nominal - nominale (cm)

Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza (dm)

4=HDPE 7=UHMWPE 9=UHMWPE double-colour - zweifarbig - bicolore - bicolore - XBY-TYPE OUTLET RETTANGOLARE DI ESTREMITA’ 12.08 - AUSLAUF RETTANGOLARE DI ESTREMITA’ XBY SSC 1 - BOUCHE DE DECHARGE RETTANGOLARE DI ESTREMITA’ XBY - BOCCA SCARICO RETTANGOLARE DI ESTREMITA’ XBY WA.01050 T. 35

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

Holes - Bohr. Sp Kg Trous - Fori Fig. Ø Code A C D E F G I M N P Q Ø *2 *2 Qty. *1 *1 H *3 *3 1150XBY015D_ 175 257.5 145 43 261 15.5 12.5 10 30 315 230 105 115 3 2 3.5 2.5 2 200 XBY020D_ 225 334.5 185 43 311 15.5 12.5 14 30 392 280 98 93.3 3 2 5 3.3 2 250 XBY025D_ 275 396.5 215 43 361 15.5 12.5 14 40 464 330 116 110 3 2 6.5 4.5 2 300 XBY030D_ 325 474 245 54 433 24 12.5 14 40 544 385 136 128.3 3 3 9.5 9.5 3 350 XBY035D_ 375 555 275 54 483 19 12.5 24 40 630 445 90 89 3 3 11 11 3 400 XBY040D_ 425 631.5 305 55 535 17.5 12.5 24 45 714 500 102 100 4 3 18 13.5 3 500 XBY050D_ 525 773.5 380 65 655 27.5 15 24 50 861 600 123 120 4 3 27.5 21 3 600 XBY060D_ 625 922.5 465 65 755 27.5 15 24 55 1015 700 145 140 4 3 38.5 29

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

A Type

B Type

C Type

Ø Code A B C D E F G kg/m

150 XFCC015 _ _ _ _ 55 50 3.5 170 275 15 2 4.7

200 XFCC020 _ _ _ _ 55 50 3.5 220 325 15 2 5.5

250 XFCC025 _ _ _ _ 65 60 3.5 270 375 15 2 6.3

300 XFCC030 _ _ _ _ 65 60 4 320 445 15 2 7.5

350 XFCC035 _ _ _ _ 65 60 4 370 495 15 2 8.5

400 XFCC040 _ _ _ _ 75 70 4 420 545 15 2 9

500 XFCC050 _ _ _ _ 75 70 4 520 665 15 2 11

600 XFCC060 _ _ _ _ 75 70 4.5 620 765 15 3 12.5

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® - COVER LOCK 12.08 - ABDECKUNGSVERSCHLUSS SSC 1 - FERMETURE CAPOTAGE - CHIUSURA COPERCHIO WA.01050 T. 37

BOLTED LOCK - SCHRAUBVERSCHLUSS - FERMETURE BOULONNEE - CHIUSURA A BULLONI

•

GASKET DICHTUNG GARNITURE GUARNIZIONE

Code Type XKH10. M 10 x 25

GASKET - DICHTUNG - GARNITURE - GUARNIZIONE

< 4 < 40

< <

Code Colour - Farbe - Couleur - Colore Type 2510TE0186 White - Weiss - Blanc - Bianco EPDM RE 42 - XSV-TYPE END BEARING ASSEMBLY 12.08 - ENDLAGEREINHEIT TYP XSV SSC 1 - PALIER D’EXTREMITE TYPE XSV - SUPPORTO DI ESTREMITÁ XSV WA.01050 T. 38

Ø C Ø Ø Ø D4 GxHxL Code UNI E E1 E2 E4 E5 E6 F1 F2 F3 G3 Kg D1 D2 D3 DIN 6885 6397 Ø n°

XSV025BV1 25 j6 95 70 50 10.5 4 265 42 165 55.5 2.5 10 92 117 11 M10 9.5 8x7x36

XSV035BV1 35 k6 110 85 65 12.5 4 331 58 195 72.5 5.5 12 105 137 13 M10 19 10x8x50

XSV045BV1 45 k6 130 100 78 16.5 4 410.5 82 235 84 9.5 12 130 162 13 M12 26 14x9x70

XSV055BV1 55 m6 155 125 105 16.5 6 466 82 260 106.5 17.5 20 149 210 18 M12 43 16x10x70

XSV065BV1 65 m6 155 125 105 16.5 6 519 105 290 106.5 17.5 20 171 240 18 M16 61 18x11x90

XSV080BV1 80 m6 200 160 135 21 6 657 130 350 129 28 22 198 250 22 M20 107 22x14x110

XSV100BV1 100 m6 235 190 160 25 6 783 165 435 135 38 25 266 340 30 M24 188 28x16x140

Bearings - Wälzlager Grease - Feet Seal - Wellendichtung Code Roulements - Cuscinetti Graisse - Grasso Etanchéite - Tenuta

XSV025BV1 6206 - 51108 0.08 XUC035_ _ XSV035BV1 6206 - 51108 0.15 XUC045_ _ XSV045BV1 6210 - 51110 0.25 XUC055_ _ XSV055BV1 6212 - 51112 0.4 XUC070_ _ XSV065BV1 6214 - 51114 0.5 XUC080_ _ XSV080BV1 6218 - 51118 1 XUC100_ _ XSV100BV1 6222 - 51122 1.5 XUC115_ _ - XUC-TYPE SHAFT SEALING 12.08 - WELLENABDICHTUNG TYP XUC SSC 1 - ETANCHEITE TYPE XUC - TENUTA XUC WA.01050 T. 39 ØF2 K1 K2 F1 ØD ØC

E2 E1 E3 K4

E K3

Seal Dichtung For Ø Ø Ø Für Code Joint C D E E1 E2 E3 F1 F2 K1 K2 K3 K4 kg Guarnizione Pour ≈ Per Q dim

XUC030 _ 1 030 45 48 2 28 12 99 M8 20 120 70 50 0.5 3 8 x 8 S21

XUC035 _ 1 035 50 48 2 28 12 99 M8 20 120 70 50 0.65 3 8 x 8 XSV025

XUC040 _ 1 040 55 48 2 28 12 121.6 M8 20 140 80 60 0.75 3 8 x 8 S23 - P23

XUC045 _ 1 045 60 48 2 28 12 121.6 M8 20 140 80 60 0.8 3 8 x 8 XSV035

XUC050 _ 1 050 70 60 3 36 14 141.4 M10 30 164 100 70 1.2 3 10 x 10 S25 - P25

XUC055 _ 1 055 75 60 3 36 14 141.5 M10 30 164 100 70 1.5 3 10 x 10 XSV045

XUC060 _ 1 060 80 60 3 36 14 183.4 M10 30 210 120 70 1.8 3 10 x 10 S27 - P27

XUC070 _ 1 070 90 60 3 36 14 183.4 M10 30 210 120 70 2 3 10 x 10 XSV055

XUC080 _ 1 080 100 62 3 36 14 210.7 M12 35 240 140 70 2.5 3 10 x 10 XSV065

XUC100 _ 1 100 120 80 3 36 18 210.7 M12 40 244 155 80 3 3 10 x 10 XSV080

XUC115 _ 1 115 140 85 4 50 18 219 M16 45 344 180 110 6.5 3 12 x 12 XSV100 - ELECTRIC MOTORS - MT 12.08 - ELEKTROMOTOREN - MT SSC 1 - MOTEURS ELECTRIQUES - MT - MOTORI ELETTRICI - MT WA.01050 T. 40

L Lm* N

E F Ø P Ø R Ø M

O D KK

C D E F L Lm* M N O Holes P Q R kW Size Code kg KK n° mm mm 1.1 90 S MT0900S04145 155 24 8 27 50 248 200 165 12.5 4 130 3.5 180 25 M25x1.5 1.5 90 L MT0900L04145 155 24 8 27 50 273 200 165 12.5 4 130 3.5 180 26 M25x1.5 2.2 100 LR MT100LR04145 180 28 8 31 60 306 250 215 15 4 180 4 218 34 M25x1.5 3 100 LH MT100LH04145 180 28 8 31 60 306 250 215 15 4 180 4 218 35 M25x1.5 4 112 M MT1120M04145 190 28 8 31 60 334 250 215 15 4 180 4 218 44 M25x1.5 3 - 1.5 112 M MT1120M48A45 190 28 8 31 60 334 250 215 15 4 180 4 218 47 M25x1.5 5.5 132 S MT1320S04145 210 38 10 41 80 371 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 65 M25x1.5 3.3 - 2.2 132S MT1320S48A45 210 38 10 41 80 371 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 65 M25x1.5 7.5 132 M MT1320M04145 210 38 10 41 80 409 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 79 M25x1.5 4.4 - 3 132 M MT1320M48A45 210 38 10 41 80 409 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 79 M25x1.5 9.2 132 ML MT1320L04145 210 38 10 41 80 409 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 87 M25x1.5 11 160 M MT1600M04245 255 42 12 45 110 485 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 118 M32x1.5 6 - 4.5 160 MA MT160MA48A45 255 42 12 45 110 485 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 118 M32x1.5 8.5 - 6 160 MB MT160MB48A45 255 42 12 45 110 485 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 118 M32x1.5 15 160 L MT1600L04245 255 42 12 45 110 529 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 147 M32x1.5 10 - 7.5 160 L MT1600L48A45 255 42 12 45 110 529 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 147 M32x1.5 18.5 180 M MT1800M04245 285 48 14 51.5 110 543 350 300 19 4 250 5 340 173 M32x1.5 22.0 180 L MT1800L04245 285 48 14 51.5 110 585 350 300 19 4 250 5 340 220 M32x1.5 15 - 10 180 L MT1800L48A45 285 48 14 51.5 110 585 350 300 19 4 250 5 340 220 M32x1.5

Cable gland is made of plastic. PG - Verschraubungen aus Kunst- Presse-câbles en plastique. I pressacavi sono in plastica. Junction on left side of motor stoff. Klemmenkasten auf der lin- Boîte à bornes sur la côté gau- La morsettiera si trova sul lato seen standing behind fan. Cable ken Seite von Lüfterhaube aus che du moteur (vu du carter). sinistro del motore (visto dal car- gland below. gesehen. Kabeleintritte an der Un- *Avec des marques diverses ter). *With different motor makes, a terseite des Klemmenkastens. des tolérances de ± 50 mm sont *Con marche diverse sono pos- tolerance of ± 50 mm should be *Je nach Fabrikat sind Toleranzen possibles. sibili tolleranze di ± 50 mm. allowed. von ± 50 mm möglich.

N.B.: Double speed motors (4- N.B.: Polumschaltbare Moto- N.B.: Les moteurs à double N.B.: I motori a doppia polari- 8 poles) must be started at ren (4-8 polig) müssen in der polarité (4-8 poles) doivent tà (4-8 poli) devono essere low speed and subsequently kleinen Drehzahl anlaufen être démarrés dans la vites- avviati nella bassa velocità e automatically switched to und anschliessend automa- se basse et successivement devono essere successiva- high speed. tisch auf die hohe Drehzahl commutés automatique- mente commutati in automa- umgeschaltet werden. ment à la vitesse haute. tico all’alta velocità.

N.B.: When mounted on feeder N.B.: Wenn Getriebe auf Schnek- N.B.: Monté sur la vis les mo- N.B.: Montato sulla coclea è ver- motor painted Gentian Blue RAL ke montiert ist, Lackierung = ezi- teurs sont peints en Bleu Genti- niciato in Blu Genziana RAL 5010. As spare part only primer an-blau RAL 5010. Als Ersatzteil ane RAL 5010. Comme pièce de 5010; come ricambio è vernicia- painted. nur mit Grundanstrich. rechange en antirouille. to in antiruggine. - ELECTRIC MOTOR - MT 12.08 - ELEKTROMOTOR - MT SSC 1 - MOTEUR ELECTRIQUE - MT - MOTORE ELETTRICO - MT WA.01050 T. 41

The motors listed in the table are Die in der Tabelle aufgeführten Les moteurs listés dans le ta- I motori riportati nella tabella sono WAM® models manufactured ac- Elektro-Flanschmotoren, Fabri- bleau sont de la marque WAM® di marca WAM® e sono conformi cording to IEC as well as EN kat WAM®, entsprechen der eu- et sont en conformité avec les alle norme europee IEC nonchè 50262 standards as far as junc- ropäischen IEC-Norm sowie der normes européeues IEC et EN alle norme EN 50262 per quanto tion box connections are con- EN 50262, was die Klemmenver- 50262 en ce qui concerne les riguarda gli attacchi (pressaca- cerned. bindungen betrifft. Dies ermög- connexions dans la boîte à bor- vi) nella morsettiera. Ciò signifi- This means other electric motor licht es, wahlweise Normmoto- nes. Ceci signifie que l’utilisateur ca che l’utilizzatore ha la possi- makes can be used providing ren eines anderen Fabrikats ein- a la possibilité d’utiliser des mo- bilità di impiego di motori di qual- they conform to the above men- zusetzen, ohne dabei die Getrie- teurs de quelconque marque, siasi marca, purchè siano a nor- tioned standards without having beeinheit austauschen zu müs- pourvu qu’ils soient conformes me, senza dover cambiare testa- to change the gear reducer. sen. Es muss allerdings beach- aux normes, sans devoir chan- ta motrice. tet werden, dass WAM-Motoren ger la tête motrice. als Ergebnis langjähriger Praxis- erfahrungen die beste Garantie für einen problemfreien Betrieb in den unterschiedlichsten An- wendungsbereichen bieten.

CONFORMITY KONFORMITÄT CONFORMITÉ CONFORMITA’ WAM® motors are constructed in Die WAM® Motoren entsprechen Les moteurs WAM® sont cons- I motori WAM® sono costruiti se- accordance with: den folgenden Normen: truits conformément: condo: - Standards 89/336/EEC (EMC - EMV-Richtlinie 89/336/EWG - Aux normes 89/336/EEC (direc- - Le norme 89/336/EEC (diretti- Directive). - Niederspannungs-Richtlinie 73/ tive EMC). ve EMC). - Low Voltage Directive 73/ 23/ 23/EWG. - Aux directives basse tension - Le direttive basso voltaggio 73/ EEC. 73/23/EEC. 23/EEC.

Technical Technische Caractéristiques Caratteristiche features Eigenschaften techniques tecniche For all: Für alle: Pour tous: Per tutti: - Construction form B5 flanged - Bauform B5 mit Flansch - Forme de construction B5 à - Forma costruttiva B5 a flangia - Isolation class F - Isolierstoffklasse F bride - Classe isolamento F - Motor protection IP 55 - Motorschutzart IP 55 - Classe d’isolation F - Protezione motore IP 55 - Terminal protection IP 55 - Schutzart Klemmenleiste IP 55 - Protection moteur IP 55 - Protezione morsettiera IP 55 4-poles motors 4-polige Motoren - Protection bornier IP 55 Motori a 4 poli - Rotation speed ~ 1450rpm - Drehzahl ~ 1450 min-1 Moteurs à 4 pôles - Velocita di rotazione ~ 1450rpm - Voltage - Spannung - Vitesse de rotation ~ 1450 tr/ - Tensione 220/240V-380/420V 50Hz 220/240V-380/420V 50Hz mn 220/240V-380/420V 50Hz 440/480V 60Hz for Gr. ≤ 132. 440/480V 60Hz für Gr.≤ 132. - Tension 440/480V 60Hz per Gr.≤ 132. - Voltage - Spannung 220/240V-380/420V 50Hz - Tensione 380/420V-660/690V 50Hz 380/420V-660/690V 50Hz 440/480V 60Hz pour Gr.≤ 132. 380/420V-660/690V 50Hz 440/480V 60Hz for Gr. ≥ 160. 440/480V 60Hz für Gr.≥ 160. - Tension 440/480V 60Hz per Gr.≥ 160. 4/8-poles motors 4/8-polige Motoren 380/420V-660/690V 50Hz Motori a 4/8 poli - single Dahlander type winding - Einzelwicklung Typ Dahlander 440/480V 60Hz pour Gr.≥ 160. - unico avvolgimento tipo Dah- - rotation speed ~ 1450/ 730rpm - Drehzahl ~ 1450/ 730 min-1 Moteurs à 4/8 pôles lander - single voltage - Einzelspannung - enroulement unique type Da- - velocita di rotazione ~ 1450/ 380-420V 50Hz; 380-420V 50Hz; hlander 730rpm 440-480V 60Hz 440-480V 60Hz - vitesse de rotation ~ 1450/ 730 - unica tensione tr/mn 380-420V 50Hz; - une seule tension 440-480V 60Hz 380-420V 50Hz; 440-480V 60Hz

Operating conditions Betriebsbedingungen Conditions Condizioni WAM® motors can withstand a Die WAM® Motoren ertragen ei- de fonctionnement di funzionamento humidity content of 90% and can nen Feuchtigkeitsgrad bis zu 90 Les moteurs WAM® peuvent ré- I motori WAM® possono resiste- operate at environmental temper- % und können bei einer Umge- sister à un taux d’humidité de re ad un tasso di umidità del 90% atures varying from -10° to bungstemperatur zwischen -10° 90% et ils peuvent travailler à e possono lavorare ad una tem- +40°C. und +40°C arbeiten. une température ambiante qui peratura ambiente che varia da - Normal use below 1,000m be- Normaler Einsatz unterhalb von varie de -10° à +40°C. 10° a +40°C. low sea level. 1000 m N.N. Utilisation normale au-dessous Utilizzo normale al di sotto dei des 1.000m sur le niveau de la 1000m sul livello del mare mer. If motors with special technical Sollte eine Sonderausführung in S’il était nécessaire d’utiliser un Qualora dovesse essere neces- characteristics are required bezug auf Betriebsspannung, moteur avec des caractéristi- sario l’impiego di un motore con (voltage, cycles, double speed Frequenz, Polumschaltbarkeit ques différentes (voltage, fré- caratteristiche diverse (voltag- etc.) please contact a WAM® etc. erforderlich sein, bitte mit quence, polarité etc.) vous êtes gio, frequenza, polarità, ecc.) sales office. dem zuständigen Verkaufsbüro priés de contacter notre bureau siete pregati di contattare il ns. Kontakt aufnehmen. commerciaux. uff. tecnico commerciale.

For further details and charac- Für nähere Einzelheiten und Pour plus de details et caracté- Per ulteriori dettagli e caratteri- teristics see electric motor cata- technische Daten siehe Katalog ristiques consulter le cataloque stiche tecniche vedi catalogo logue WA.052MT der Elektromotoren WA.052MT. moteur électriques WA.052MT motori elettrici WA.052MT. - OPTIONS - S 21 - 23 TYPE GEAR REDUCER 12.08 - OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE TYP S 21 - 23 SSC 1 - OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE S 21 - 23 - OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE S 21 - 23 WA.01050 T. 42

080 = motor size / Motorgr. / taille mot. / grand. motore 090 = motor size /Motorgr. / taille mot. / grand. motore 80 = 0.55 - 0.75 kW (4 poles / Pole / poles / poli) 90 = 1.1 - 1.5 kW (4 poles / Pole / poles / poli) 100 = motor size / Motorgr. / taille mot. / grand. motore 100 = 2.2 kW (4 poles / Pole / poles / poli)

S 2 11B6 C

S 2 33B6 C

40 = ratio / Unters. / rapp. / rapp. 1:40 standard ( 0.55 ≤ kW ≤ 0.75) 30 = ratio / unters. / rapport / rapporto 1:30 ( 0.55 ≤ kW ≤ 0.75) 40 = ratio / Unters. / rapp. / rapporto 1:40 standard ( 1.1 ≤ kW ≤ 2.2) 30 = ratio / Unters. / rapport / rapporto 1:30 ( 1.1 ≤ kW ≤ 3)

P R

T S D4 C A H H1 D1 D3 D2 Q B

L L1 H F U Z Z1 N H1

G M

Size outlet H L Type A B C D1 D2 D3 D4 F G M N P Q R S T U W Z Z1 XUC kg Gr. uscita H1 L1

71 42 14 130 5 16 160 10 27

80 42 19 165 6 21.5 200 12 31 92 11 XUC S21 B61 317 96 143 95 70 50 10.5 180 192 2.5 108 75 55.5 105 13 30 90 42 24 165 8 27 200 12 31

100 52 28 215 8 31 250 15 33 112

71 42 19 165 6 21.5 200 12 40 105 130 80 42 24 165 8 27 200 12 46 XUC S23 B62 340 111 143 110 85 65 12.5 178 13 222 5.5 159 75 72.5 40 100 105 52 28 215 8 31 250 15 48 112 130

132 50 130 38 265 10 41 300 15 50

N.B.: When mounted on conveyor reducer painted Gentian Blue RAL 5010. As spare part painted with primer. N.B.: Wenn Getriebe auf Schnecke montiert, Getriebe in enzianblau RAL 5010. Als Ersatzeil Grundanstrich. N.B.: Monté sur la vis, peint en Bleu Gentiane RAL 5010. Comme pièce de rechange antirouille. N.B.: Montato sulla coclea è verniciato in Blu Genziana RAL 5010, come ricambio è verniciato in antiruggine. 12.08 - OPTIONS - S 25 - 27 TYPE GEAR REDUCER - OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE TYP S 25 - 27 SSC 1 - OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE S 25 - 27 - OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE S 25 - 27 WA.01050 T. 43

100 = motor size / Motorgr. / taille mot. / grand. motore 112 = motor size / Motorgr. / taille mot. / grand. motore 100 = 2.2 - 3 kW (4 poles / Pole / poles / poli) 112 = 4 kW (4 poles / Pole / poles / poli) 112 = motor size / Motorgr. / taille mot. / grand. motore 132 = 5.5 - 7.5 kW (4 poles / Pole / poles / poli) 112 = 4 kW (4 poles / Pole / poles / poli)

S 2 55B6 C S 2 77B6 C

40 = ratio / Unters. / rapport / rapporto 1:40 standard ( 2.2 ≤ kW ≤ 4) 40 = ratio / Unters. / rapport / rapporto 1:40 standard ( 4 ≤ kW ≤ 7.5) 30 = ratio / Unters. / rapport / rapporto 1:30 ( 2.2 ≤ kW ≤ 4) 30 = ratio / Unters. / rapport / rapporto 1:30 ( 4 ≤ kW ≤ 9.2)

P R

W S T D4 C A H H1 D1 D3 D2 Q B

L L1 H F U Z Z1 N H1

G M

Size outlet H L Type A B C D1 D2 D3 D4 F G M N P Q R S T U W Z Z1 XUC kg Gr. uscita H1 L1

100 35 28 215 8 31 250 15 77 112

132 50 38 265 10 41 300 15 80 XUC S25 B65 417 128 180 130 100 78 17 276 149 17 256 9.5 186 94 84 50 160 72 42 300 12 45 350 19 80

180 72 48 300 14 51.5 350 19 80

112 35 28 215 8 31 250 15 139

132 50 38 265 10 41 300 15 143

XUC S27 160B67 519 174 225 155 125 105 17 72276 198 22 348 17.5 42 300 12 45 350221 1994 106.5 147 60

180 72 48 300 14 51.5 350 19 147

200 78 55 350 16 59 400 19 151

N.B.: When mounted on conveyor reducer painted Gentian Blue RAL 5010. As spare part painted with primer. N.B.: Wenn Getriebe auf Schnecke montiert, Getriebe in enzianblau RAL 5010. Als Ersatzeil Grundanstrich. N.B.: Monté sur la vis, peint en Bleu Gentiane RAL 5010. Comme pièce de rechange antirouille. N.B.: Montato sulla coclea è verniciato in Blu Genziana RAL 5010, come ricambio è verniciato in antiruggine. - OPTIONS - S 21 - 23 TYPE GEAR REDUCER 12.08 - OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE TYP S 21 - 23 SSC 1 - OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE S 21 - 23 - OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE S 21 - 23 WA.01050 T. 44

S 2 11K2

S 2 33K2

P R

W T S C V D A H Q V1 B

V2 L F U Z

G E M

Size outlet Type A B C D E F G H L M P Q R S T U V V1 V2 W Z kg Gr. uscita

71 42 14 130 5 16 160 10 27

80 42 19 165 6 21.5 200 12 29 S21 K21 317 96 143 25 65 175 145 M12 192 108 8 7 50 18 90 42 24 165 8 27 200 12 29

100 52 28 215 8 31 250 15 31 112

80 42 19 165 6 21.5 200 12 40

90 42 24 165 8 27 200 12 45 S23 K23 340 111 143 35 86 215 185 M12 222 159 10 8 70 18 100 52 28 215 8 31 250 15 48 112

132 50 38 265 10 41 300 15 51

N.B.: When mounted on conveyor reducer painted Gentian Blue RAL 5010. As spare part painted with primer. N.B.: Wenn Getriebe auf Schnecke montiert, Getriebe in enzianblau RAL 5010. Als Ersatzeil Grundanstrich. N.B.: Monté sur la vis, peint en Bleu Gentiane RAL 5010. Comme pièce de rechange antirouille. N.B.: Montato sulla coclea è verniciato in Blu Genziana RAL 5010, come ricambio è verniciato in antiruggine. - OPTIONS - S 25 - 27 TYPE GEAR REDUCER 12.08 - OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE TYP S 25 - 27 SSC 1 - OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE S 25 - 27 - OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE S 25 - 27 WA.01050 T. 45

S 2 55K2 S 2 77K2

P R

W T S C V D A H Q V1 B

V2 L F U Z

G E M

Size outlet Type A B C D E F G H L M P Q R S T U V V1 V2 W Z kg Gr. uscita

100 35 28 215 8 31 250 15 73 112

132 50 38 265 10 41 300 15 76 S25 K25 417 128 180 45 110 265 230 M16 256 186 14 9 90 30 160 72 42 300 12 45 350 19 76

180 72 48 300 14 51.5 350 19 76

112 35 28 215 8 31 250 15 135

132 50 38 265 10 41 300 15 138

S27 160K27 519 174 225 55 130 78335 290 M20 348 42 300 12 45 350221 16 10 110 1930 143

180 78 48 300 14 21.2 350 19 143

200 78 55 350 16 59 400 19 149

N.B.: When mounted on conveyor reducer painted Gentian Blue RAL 5010. As spare part painted with primer. N.B.: Wenn Getriebe auf Schnecke montiert, Getriebe in enzianblau RAL 5010. Als Ersatzeil Grundanstrich. N.B.: Monté sur la vis, peint en Bleu Gentiane RAL 5010. Comme pièce de rechange antirouille. N.B.: Montato sulla coclea è verniciato in Blu Genziana RAL 5010, come ricambio è verniciato in antiruggine. - OPTIONS - P 23 - 25 - 27 TYPE GEAR MOTOR 12.08 - OPTIONEN - GETRIEBE P 23 - 25 - 27 SSC 1 - OPTIONS - REDUCTEUR TYPE P 23 - 25 - 27 - OPZIONI - TESTATA MOTRICE P 23 - 25 - 27 WA.01050 T. 46

P R U A F

S W T B

Type kW A B F P Q R S T U W kg

0.25 14 130 5 16 160 10 50 0.37 0.55 P23 78 40 42 19 165 6 21.5 200159 12 56 0.75 1.1 24 165 8 27 200 12 58 1.5 0.55 42 19 165 6 21.5 200 12 90 0.75 1.1 P25 79 56 42 24 165 8 27 200186 12 93 1.5 2.2 52 28 215 8 31 250 15 93 3 1.1 42 24 165 8 27 200 12 159 1.5 2.2 P27 3 117 60 52 28 215 8 31 250221 15 163 4 5.5 50 38 265 10 41 300 15 167

For dimensions not shown, see page with corresponding gear reducer and outlets Für nicht hier stehende Abmessungen siehe Seite mit entsprechendem Getriebe und Auslauf Pour les dimensions qui ne sont pas indiquées, voir la page avec réducteur et sortie correspondantes Per dimensioni non riportate vedere pagina con riduttore e uscita corrispondenti

N.B.: When mounted on conveyor reducer painted Gentian Blue RAL 5010. As spare part painted with primer. N.B.: Wenn Getriebe auf Schnecke montiert, Getriebe in enzianblau RAL 5010. Als Ersatzeil Grundanstrich. N.B.: Monté sur la vis, peint en Bleu Gentiane RAL 5010. Comme pièce de rechange antirouille. N.B.: Montato sulla coclea è verniciato in Blu Genziana RAL 5010, come ricambio è verniciato in antiruggine. 12.08 - OPTIONS - BELT TRANSMISSION (“S”- TYPE GEAR REDUCER) - OPTIONEN - RIEMENTRIEB (GETRIEBE TYP “S”) SSC 1 - OPTIONS - TRANSMISSION A COURROIE (REDUCTEUR TYPE “S”) - OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE A CINGHIE (TESTATA MOTRICE TIPO “S”) WA.01050 T. 47

G E A C B F D

S 21 S 23

kW A B C D E F G kW A B C D E F G 0.55 518 100 618 275 240 70 240 1.1 565 113 698 307 240 80 247 0.75 518 100 618 275 240 70 260 1.5 565 113 698 307 240 80 247

S 25 S 27

kW A B C D E F G kW A B C D E F G 2.2 645 140 840 376 280 100 305 4 670 176 961 438 280 130 340 3 645 140 840 376 280 100 305 5.5 750 176 1021 438 330 130 380 7.5 750 176 1021 438 330 130 410 - OPTIONS - CHAIN TRANSMISSION (“S”-TYPE GEAR REDUCER) 12.08 - OPTIONEN - KETTENTRIEB (GETRIEBE TYP “S”) SSC 1 - OPTIONS - TRANSMISSION A CHAINE (RED. TYPE “S”) - OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE A CATENA (TESTATA MOTRICE TIPO “S”) WA.01050 T. 48

A E B D

B D E Type A C 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600

S 21 XSV035 280575645705/////75300320350/////260320375/////

XSV035 280 625 695 755 820 890 940 / / 315 345 375 410 450 470 / / 260 320 375 440 510 575 / / S 23 95 XSV045 340 625 695 755 820 890 940 / / 315 345 375 410 450 470 / / 260 320 375 440 510 575 / /

XSV045 340 / / 790 855 925 990 1190 1355 / / 375 410 450 485 585 670 / / 375 440 510 575 720 885 S 25 120 XSV055 370 / / 790 855 925 990 1190 1355 / / 375 410 450 485 585 670 / / 375 440 510 575 720 885

XSV055 370 / / / 975 1045 1105 1250 1415 / / / 465 505 535 605 690 / / / 440 510 575 720 885

S 27 XSV065 420 / / / 975 1045 1105 1250 1415140 / / / 465 505 535 605 690 / / / 440 510 575 720 885

XSV080 510 / / / / 1045 1105 1250 1415 / / / / 505 535 605 690 / / / / 510 575 720 885 - OPTIONS - COUPLING TRANSMISSION (“S”-TYPE GEAR REDUCER) 12.08 - OPTIONEN - KUPPLUNG (GETRIEBE TYP “S”) SSC 1 - OPTIONS - TRANSM. AV. ACCOUPL. SEMI-ELASTIQUE (RED. TYPE “S”) - OPZIONI - TRASMISSIONE CON GIUNTO (TESTATA MOTRICE TIPO “S”) WA.01050 T. 49

A B E C D

Bearing - Lager Bearing - Lager Palier - Supp. Palier - Supp. S21 S 23 kWØØABCDE kW Ø Ø A B C D E 0.55 150 35 330 420 260 126 134 1.1 150 35 350 450 260 126 134 200 35 330 420 320 169 151 200 35 350 450 320 169 151 0.75 150 35 330 430 260 126 134 45 423 450 320 169 151 200 35 330 430 320 169 151 1.5 150 35 350 460 260 126 134 200 35 350 460 320 169 151 45 423 460 320 169 151 250 35 350 460 375 199 176 45 423 460 375 199 176

Bearing - Lager Bearing - Lager Palier - Supp. Palier - Supp. S 25 S 27 kWØØABCDE kW Ø Ø A B C D E 2.2 200 45 447 590 320 169 151 4 300 55 500 650 440 229 211 250 45 447 590 375 199 176 350 55 500 650 510 259 251 300 55 473 590 440 229 211 400 55 500 650 440 293 282 3 200 45 447 600 320 169 151 5.5 300 55 500 710 440 229 211 250 45 447 600 375 199 176 350 55 500 710 510 259 251 300 55 473 600 440 229 211 400 55 500 710 575 293 282 350 55 473 600 510 259 251 65 550 710 575 293 282 400 55 473 600 575 293 282 500 55 500 710 720 368 352 4 300 55 473 640 440 229 211 65 550 710 720 368 352 350 55 473 640 510 259 251 600 55 500 710 885 453 432 400 55 473 640 575 293 282 7.5 300 55 500 750 440 229 211 500 55 473 640 720 368 352 350 55 500 750 510 259 251 400 55 500 750 575 293 282 65 550 750 575 293 282 500 55 500 750 720 368 352 65 550 750 720 368 352 600 55 500 750 885 453 432 65 550 750 885 453 432 - OPTIONS - BUILT-IN TROUGH 12.08 - OPTIONEN - INTEGRALTROG SSC 1 - OPTIONS - AUGE INTEGRALE - OPZIONI - TRUOGOLO INTEGRALE WA.01050 T. 50

for fixing Liner - für Linerbefestigung ø 12.5 pour fixation peau d’étanchéité - per fissaggio liner

ø 12.5

Pitches - Teilungen von - Pas de - Passi da 250 mm ± 0.5

Ø Code Ø A B C E F H kg/m Nom. 150 XCUAL0153_ _ _ _ _ 150 175 115 40 230 3 261 16 200 XCUAL0203_ _ _ _ _ 200 225 135 40 280 3 311 20 250 XCUAL0253_ _ _ _ _ 250 275 160 40 330 3 361 25 300 XCUAL0303_ _ _ _ _ 300 325 195 50 385 3 433 30 350 XCUAL0353_ _ _ _ _ 350 375 235 50 445 3 481 36 400 XCUAL0403_ _ _ _ _ 400 425 270 50 500 3 531 39 500 XCUAL0503_ _ _ _ _ 500 525 340 60 600 3 651 49 600 XCUAL0604_ _ _ _ _ 600 625 420 60 700 4 753 80

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

L = MULTIPLE OF 500 mm - IN SCHRITTEN VON 500 mm MULTIPLE DE 500 mm - MULTIPLO DI 500 mm

XCUA L 015 3 1000 1

U section trough with flat edge - U-Profil Querschnitt mit einfacher Kantung Auge section U avec rebord - Canala sezione U con bordino

Type of drilling SPECO® - Lochbild SPECO® Type de perçage SPECO® - Tipo di foratura SPECO® L = Liner P = Sliding plates - Gleitplatten - Plaque de frottement - Piatti di strisciamento

Trough thickness - Trogstärke Epaisseur auge - Spessore truogolo

Trough length - Troglänge Longueur auge - Lunghezza truogolo

Material - Werkstoff - Matériau - Materiale 1 = FeP11 2 = AISI 304L 3 = AISI 316L - OPTIONS - LINER MADE OF UHMWPE 12.08 - OPTIONEN - TROGAUSKLEIDUNG AUS UHMWPE SSC 1 - OPTIONS - REVETEMENT UHMWPE - OPZIONI - RIVESTIMENTO UHMWPE WA.01050 T. 51

FDA-APPROVED - MIT FDA-ZULASSUNG APPROUVE FDA - APPROVATO FDA

Ø Code G kg/m

150 XJL015_ _7 5 1.3 200 XJL020_ _7 8 2.8 250 XJL025_ _7 8 3.4 300 XJL030_ _7 8 4.0 350 XJL035_ _7 8 7 400 XJL040_ _7 12 7.8 500 XJL050_ _7 12 9.7 600 XJL060_ _7 12 11.6

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

XJL

Bottom liner - Trogauskleidung Revêtement de fond - Rivestimento di fondo

Ø nominal - nominal - nominal - nominale (cm)

Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza (dm)

4=HDPE 7=UHMWPE 9=UHMWPE double-colour - zweifarbig - bicolore - bicolore - OPTIONS - EXTRA-THICK TWO-COLOUR UHMWPE LINER 12.08 - OPTIONEN - EXTRA-STARKE UHMWPE ZWEIFARBIGE TROGAUSKLEIDUNG SSC 1 - OPTIONS - REVETEMENT UHMWPE MAJORE - OPZIONI - RIVESTIMENTO MAGGIORATO BICOLORE UHMWPE WA.01050 T. 52

FDA-APPROVED - MIT FDA-ZULASSUNG APPROUVE FDA - APPROVATO FDA

Ø Code G kg/m

150 /// 200 /// 250 XJL025_ _9 12 5.3 300 XJL030_ _9 12 6 350 XJL035_ _9 12 6.9 400 XJL040_ _9 12 7.8 500 XJL050_ _9 12 9.7 600 XJL060_ _9 12 11.6

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

XJL

Bottom liner - Trogauskleidung Revêtement de fond - Rivestimento di fondo

Ø nominal - nominal - nominal - nominale (cm)

Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza (dm)

4=HDPE 7=UHMWPE 9=UHMWPE double-colour - zweifarbig - bicolore - bicolore - ACCESSORIES - XJB-TYPE WELDED SLIDE BARS 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - GESCHWEISSTE SCHLEISSLEISTEN TYP XJB SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - BARRES D’USURE SOUDEES XJB - ACCESSORI - BARRE DI FONDO SALDATE XJB WA.01050 T. 53

WELD EACH 500 mm ALLE 500 mm SCHWEISSPUNKTE POINTS DE SOUDURE TOUS LES 500 mm SALDARE OGNI 500 mm

Position of bars seen from load side with RH flight Schweißleisten von Einlaufseite mit Wendel DX gesehen B Position des barres vues côté chargement avec hélice Droite Posizione barre viste da lato carico con elica Dx 60°

1 = Carbon steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

Bars - Leisten Ø Code B Barres - Barre 150 XJB015_ _ _W 87.5 25 x 5 200 XJB020_ _ _W 112.5 25 x 8 250 XBJ025_ _ _W 137.5 40 x 8 300 XBJ030_ _ _W 162.5 40 x 8 350 XBJ035_ _ _W 187.5 40 x 8 400 XBJ040_ _ _W 212.5 50 x 12 500 XBJ050_ _ _W 262.5 50 x 12 600 XBJ060_ _ _W 312.5 50 x 12

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

XJB W

Slide bars - Schleissleisten Barres d’usure - Barre di fondo

Ø nominal - nominal - nominal - nominale (cm)

Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza (dm)

1=Carbon steel 2=INOX 304 3=INOX 316 - ACCESSORIES - XJB-TYPE BOLTED SLIDE BARS 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - GESCHRAUBTE SCHLEISSLEISTEN TYP XJB SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - BARRES D’USURE BOULONNEES XJB - ACCESSORI - BARRE DI FONDO IMBULLONATE XJB WA.01050 T. 54

Position of bars seen from load side with RH flight Schweißleisten von Einlaufseite mit Wendel DX gesehen Position des barres vues côté chargement avec hélice Droite Posizione barre viste da lato carico con elica Dx

1 = Carbon steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

Bars - Leisten Ø Code B Barres - Barre 150 XJB015_ _ _ B 87.5 25 x 5 200 XJB020_ _ _ B 112.5 25 x 8 250 XJB025_ _ _B 137.5 40 x 8 300 XJB030_ _ _ B 162.5 40 x 8 350 XJB035_ _ _B 187.5 40 x 8 400 XJB040_ _ _B 212.5 50 x 12 500 XJB050_ _ _B 262.5 50 x 12 600 XJB060_ _ _B 312.5 50 x 12 check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

XJB B

Slide bars - Schleissleisten Barres d’usure - Barre di fondo

Ø nominal - nominal - nominal - nominale (cm)

Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza (dm)

1=Carbon steel 2=INOX 304 3=INOX 316 - OPTIONS - XBQ-TYPE INLET 12.08 - OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBQ SSC 1 - OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBQ - OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBQ WA.01050 T. 55

weld / Schweißen souder / saldare

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

N° * holes Fig. Ø Code A B C D F G H M T Bohr. kg ≥ trous fori 1 150 XBQ015A_ 60 3 175 261 115 230 12.5 15.5 260 8 2.1 2 200 XBQ020A_ 60 3 225 311 93.3 280 12.5 15.5 300 12 2.6 2 250 XBQ025A_ 60 3 275 361 110 330 12.5 15.5 390 12 3.1 2 300 XBQ030A_ 60 3 325 433 128.3 385 12.5 24 450 12 4 3 350 XBQ035A_ 60 3 375 483 89 445 12.5 19 500 20 6 3 400 XBQ040A_ 80 4 425 535 100 500 12.5 17.5 550 20 8.1 3 500 XBQ050A_ 80 4 525 655 120 600 15 27.5 660 20 11 3 600 XBQ060A_ 80 4 625 755 140 700 15 27.5 800 20 12.5

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

* WHEN DRIVE UNIT IS AT INLET SIDE - WENN IST DER ANTRIEB EINLAUFSEITE QUAND LA MOTORISATION EST AU CHARGE - QUANDO LA MOTORIZZAZIONE E’ AL CARICO - OPTIONS - XBV-TYPE INLET 12.08 - OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBV SSC 1 - OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBV - OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBV WA.01050 T. 56

weld / Schweißen souder / saldare

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

N° * holes Fig. Ø Code A B C D E F G H M N P Q T Bohr. kg ≥ trous fori 1 150 XBV015A_ 60 3 260 346 175 261 15.5 12.5 315 230 105 115 300 10 2.5 2 200 XBV020A_ 60 3 337 423 225 311 15.5 12.5 392 280 98 93.3 360 14 3.1 2 250 XBV025A_ 60 3 409 495 275 361 15.5 12.5 464 330 116 110 450 14 3.7 2 300 XBV030A_ 60 3 484 592 325 433 24 12.5 544 385 136 128.3 530 14 4.9 3 350 XBV035A_ 60 3 560 668 375 483 19 12.5 630 445 90 89 620 24 7 3 400 XBV040A_ 80 4 639 749 425 535 17.5 12.5 714 500 102 100 710 24 10 3 500 XBV050A_ 80 4 786 916 525 655 27.5 15 861 600 123 120 850 24 13 3 600 XBV060A_ 80 4 940 1070 625 755 27.5 15 1015 700 145 140 1000 24 15

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® * WHEN DRIVE UNIT IS AT INLET SIDE - WENN IST DER ANTRIEB EINLAUFSEITE QUAND LA MOTORISATION EST AU CHARGE - QUANDO LA MOTORIZZAZIONE E’ AL CARICO - OPTIONS - XBR-TYPE INLET 12.08 - OPTIONEN - EINLAUF TYP XBR SSC 1 - OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE XBR - OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO XBR WA.01050 T. 57

weld / Schweißen souder / saldare

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

N° * holes Fig. Ø Code A B C D E F G H M N P Q T Bohr. kg ≥ trous fori 1 150 XBR015_ 60 3 330 416 175 261 15.5 12.5 385 230 128.3 115 350 10 2.9 2 200 XBR020_ 60 3 445 531 225 311 15.5 12.5 500 280 100 93.3 400 16 3.7 2 250 XBR025_ 60 3 545 631 275 361 15.5 12.5 600 330 120 110 500 16 4.4 2 300 XBR030_ 60 3 640 748 325 433 24 12.5 700 385 140 128.3 600 16 5.8 3 350 XBR035_ 60 3 755 863 375 483 19 12.5 825 445 165 89 680 20 9 3 400 XBR040_ 80 4 850 960 425 535 17.5 12.5 925 500 185 100 760 20 11.7 4 500 XBR050_ 80 4 1080 1210 525 655 27.5 15 1155 600 165 120 1000 24 15.7 4 600 XBR060_ 80 4 1325 1455 625 755 27.5 15 1400 700 200 140 1200 24 17.7

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® * WHEN DRIVE UNIT IS AT INLET SIDE - WENN IST DER ANTRIEB EINLAUFSEITE QUAND LA MOTORISATION EST AU CHARGE - QUANDO LA MOTORIZZAZIONE E’ AL CARICO - ACCESSORIES - CYLINDRICAL INLET 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - ZYLINDRISCHER EINLAUF SSC XBCC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - BOUCHE CHARGE CYLINDRIQUE - ACCESSORI - BOCCA CARICO CILINDRICA WA.01050 T. 58

D* Ø Code Ø B E 0° 5° 10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 150 XBCC15168_ _ _ _ _ 168 140 195 195 195 240 240 240 305 200 XBCC20219_ _ _ _ _ 219 175 220 220 220 255 255 255 355 250 XBCC25273_ _ _ _ _ 273 210 245 245 245 315 315 315 405 300 XBCC30323_ _ _ _ _ 323 230 290 290 290 365 365 365 475 350 XBCC35356_ _ _ _ _ 356 260 340 340 340 420 420 420 550 400 XBCC40406_ _ _ _ _ 406 300 380 380 380 480 480 480 635 500 XBCC50457_ _ _ _ _ 457 400 455 455 455 560 560 560 700 600 XBCC60558_ _ _ _ _ 558 470 535 535 535 655 655 655 845

Check with Manufacturer - beim Hersteller rückfragen - Consulter le constructeur - Consultare il costruttore

* On each screw the next smaller diameter inlet can be fitted. Für jede Schnecke kann der nächstkleinere Einlaufdurchmesser vorgesehen werden. Chaque vis peut être fournie avec la bouche d’entrée de diamètre inférieur. Ogni coclea può montare la bocca di carico di diametro inferiore.

XBCC

ø Trough - Trog - Auge - Canala 15 - 20 - 25 - 30 - 35 - 40 - 50 - 60

ø Inlet - Ein-/Auslauf - Bouche - Bocca 168 - 219 - 273 - 323 - 356 - 406 - 457 - 558

Inlet height - Höhe Ein-/Auslauf - Hauter bouche - Altezza bocca D

Inlet material - Werkstoff Ein-/Auflauf - Matériau bouche - Materiale bocca 1 = Carbon steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400)

Inclination - Einbauwinkel - Inclinaison - Inclinazione 0 =0° 3 =5° 5 = 10° 8 = 15° A = 20° C = 25° F = 30° - OPTIONS - ZBR-TYPE INLET 12.08 - VARIANTEN - EINLAUF ZBR SSC 1 - OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE ZBR - OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO ZBR WA.01050 T. 59

Ø Code E J Thickness kg

662 6 150 ZBR015_ _ _ _ _ 1162325 2 9.4 1662 12.7 662 9.7 200 ZBR020_ _ _ _ _ 1162375 2 13 1662 6.6 662 10 250 ZBR025_ _ _ _ _ 1162425 2 13.3 1662 6.8 638 10.1 300 ZBR030_ _ _ _ _ 1138475 2 13.5 1638 7.1 638 10.5 350 ZBR035_ _ _ _ _ 1138525 2 13.8 1638 7.4 638 10.8 400 ZBR040_ _ _ _ _ 1138575 2 14.1 1638 8 638 11.4 500 ZBR050_ _ _ _ _ 1138675 2 14.8 1638 13 638 13 600 ZBR060_ _ _ _ _ 1138 775 3 18 1638 23

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® ZBR 015 0662 2 BR type inlet spout - Einlaufstutzen Typ BR Bouche de chargement tipe BR - Bocca di carico tipo BR

Size - Baugröße - Taille - Grandezza 015 = (150) 035 = (300) 020 = (200) 040 = (400) 025 = (250) 050 = (500) 030 = (300) 060 = (600) Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza 0638 1162 0662 1638 1138 1662 Material - Werkstoff - Matériau - Materiale 2 = AISI 304 3 = AISI 316 (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) - OPTIONS - ZBI-TYPE INLET 12.08 - VARIANTEN - EINLAUF ZBI SSC 1 - OPTIONS - BOUCHE D’ENTREE ZBI - OPZIONI - BOCCA CARICO ZBI WA.01050 T. 60

Ø Code E J Sp kg

662 10.2 150 ZBI015_ _ _ _ _ 1162325 2 16 1662 21.5 662 10.7 200 ZBI020_ _ _ _ _ 1162375 2 16.5 1662 22 662 11.2 250 ZBI025_ _ _ _ _ 1162425 2 17 1662 22.5 638 11.5 300 ZBI030_ _ _ _ _ 1138475 2 17.2 1638 23 638 12 350 ZBI035_ _ _ _ _ 1138525 2 17.8 1638 23.5 638 12.6 400 ZBI040_ _ _ _ _ 1138575 2 18.3 1638 24 638 13.6 500 ZBI050_ _ _ _ _ 1138675 2 19.4 1638 25.16 638 22 600 ZBI060_ _ _ _ _ 1138 775 3 30.5 1638 39

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

ZBI 015 0662 A 2 BI type inlet spout - Einlaufstutzen Typ BI Bouche de chargement tipe BI - Bocca di carico tipo BI Size - Baugröße - Taille - Grandezza 015 = (150) 035 = (300) 020 = (200) 040 = (400) 025 = (250) 050 = (500) 030 = (300) 060 = (600) Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza 0638 1162 0662 1638 1138 1662 Inclination - Einbauwinkel - Inclinaison - Inclinazione A= 15° B= 30° Material - Werkstoff - Matériau - Materiale 2 = AISI 304 3 = AISI 316 (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) - OPTIIONS - CYLINDRICALOUTLET 12.08 - OPTIONEN - ZYLINDRISCHER AUSLAUF SSC XBC 1 - OPTIONS - BOUCHE DECHARGE CYLINDRIQUE - OPZIONI - BOCCA SCARICO CILINDRICA WA.01050 T. 61

C Ø Code A Ø B 0° 5° 10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 150 XBC150168_ _ _ _ _ 170 168 145 145 145 145 195 195 195 200 XBC200219_ _ _ _ _ 195 219 205 205 205 205 255 255 375 250 XBC250273_ _ _ _ _ 220 273 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 XBC300323_ _ _ _ _ 260 323 275 275 275 275 275 360 360 350 XBC350356_ _ _ _ _ 290 356 300 300 300 300 375 375 450 400 XBC400406_ _ _ _ _ 340 406 325 325 325 400 400 400 500 500 XBC500457_ _ _ _ _ 390 457 375 375 375 425 425 550 550 600 XBC600558_ _ _ _ _ 440 558 450 450 450 550 550 550 650

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

XBC

ø Trough - Trog - Auge - Canala 150 - 200 - 250 - 300- 350 - 400 - 500 - 600

ø Inlet - Ein-/Auslauf - Bouche - Bocca 168 - 219 - 273 - 323 - 356 - 406 - 457 - 558

Inlet height - Höhe Ein-/Auslauf - Hauter bouche - Altezza bocca C

Inclination - Einbauwinkel - Inclinaison - Inclinazione 0 =0° 3 =5° 5 = 10° 8 = 15° A = 20° C = 25° F = 30° - OPTIONS - RECTANGULAR FLUSH R-SHAPE TROUGH OUTLET 12.08 - VARIANTEN - RECHTECKIGER R-TROG-FRONTALAUSLAUF SSC XBX 1 - OPTIONS - BOUCHE DE DECHARGE RECTANGULAIRE “R” D’EXTREMITE - OPZIONI - BOCCA SCARICO RETTANGOLARE R DI ESTREMITÁ WA.01050 T. 62

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

Holes - Bohr. Sp Kg Trous - Fori Fig. Ø Code A C D E F G I M N P Q Ø *2 *2 Qty. *1 *1 H *3 *3 1150XBX015D_ 175 327.5 145 43 261 15.5 12.5 10 30 385 230 128.3 115 3 2 3.7 2.5 2 200 XBX020D_ 225 442.5 185 43 311 15.5 12.5 16 30 500 280 100 93.3 3 2 5 3.3 2 250 XBX025D_ 275 532.5 215 43 361 15.5 12.5 16 40 600 330 120 110 3 2 7.5 5 2 300 XBX030D_ 325 630 245 54 433 24 12.5 16 40 700 385 140 128.3 3 3 11 11 3 350 XBX035D_ 375 750 275 54 483 19 12.5 20 40 825 445 165 89 3 3 13 13 3 400 XBX040D_ 425 842.5 305 55 535 17.5 12.5 20 45 925 500 185 100 4 3 20.5 15.3 4 500 XBX050D_ 525 1067.5 380 65 655 27.5 15 24 50 1155 600 165 120 4 3 32 24

*1 Mild steel *2 Stainless steel AISI 304L *3 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 Acier au carbone INOX 304L INOX 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L - OPTIONS - XBW-TYPE FLUSH OUTLET 12.08 - OPTIONEN - FRONTALAUSLAUF TYP XBW SSC 1 - OPTIONS - DECHARGE AXIALE XBW - OPZIONI - SCARICO ASSIALE XBW WA.01050 T. 63

G G B

Ø F C

H H H E A

H kg/m Ø Code A B C G E Ø F *2 *2 *1 *1 *3 *3 150 XBW015SA_ 175 40 260 40 230 12.5 3 2 3.3 2.2 200 XBW020SA_ 225 40 320 40 280 12.5 3 2 5 3.4 250 XBW025SA_ 275 50 375 40 330 15.5 3 2 7 4.7 300 XBW030SA_ 325 50 440 50 385 15.5 3 2 10 6.5 350 XBW035SA_ 375 50 510 50 445 15.5 3 3 12.6 12.6 400 XBW040SA_ 425 60 575 50 500 18.5 4 3 21.4 16 500 XBW050SA_ 525 60 720 60 600 18.5 4 3 32 24 600 XBW060SA_ 625 60 885 60 700 18.5 4 3 44 33

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

*1 Mild steel *2 Stainless steel AISI 304L *3 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 Acier au carbone INOX 304L INOX 316L Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L - ACCESSORIES - XBQ-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBQ SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBQ - ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBQ WA.01050 T. 64

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio

2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

Ø Code A B C D kg

150 XBQ015B _ 130 3 175 261 3

200 XBQ020B _ 165 3 225 311 4

250 XBQ025B _ 195 3 275 361 6

300 XBQ030B _ 225 3 325 433 12

350 XBQ035B _ 255 3 375 483 15

400 XBQ040B _ 285 4 425 535 23

500 XBQ050B _ 340 4 525 655 35

600 XBQ060B _ 395 4 625 755 49

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

FLANGE HOLING = SEE PAGE FLANSCHBOHRBILD SIEHE PERÇAGE = VOIR PAGE T. 55. FORATURA FLANGIA = VEDI T. 55. SEITE T. 55 PAG. T. 55 - ACCESSORIES - XBV-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET 12.08 ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBV - SSC ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBV 1 - ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBV - WA.01050 T. 65

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

Ø Code A B C D E F kg

150 XBV015B_ 130 3 260 346 175 261 4

200 XBV020B_ 165 3 337 423 225 311 5

250 XBV025B_ 195 3 409 495 275 361 7

300 XBV030B_ 225 3 484 592 325 433 13

350 XBV035B_ 235 3 560 668 375 483 17

400 XBV040B_ 285 4 639 749 425 535 25

500 XBV050B_ 340 4 786 916 525 655 38

600 XBV060B_ 395 4 940 1070 625 755 51

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

FLANGE HOLING = SEE FLANSCHBOHRBILD SIEHE PERÇAGE = VOIR PAGE T. 56 FORATURA FLANGIA = VEDI PAGE T. 56 SEITE T. 56 PAG.T. 56 - ACCESSORIES - XBR-TYPE ADDITIONAL OUTLET 12.08 ZUBEHÖR - ZUSÄTZLICHER AUSLAUF TYP XBR - SSC ACCESSOIRES - DECHARGE ADDITIONNELLE XBR 1 - ACCESSORI - BOCCA SCARICO SUPPLEMENTARE XBR - WA.01050 T. 66

Ø Code A B C D E F kg

150 XBR015A_ 130 3 330 416 175 261 5

200 XBR020A_ 165 3 445 531 225 311 6

250 XBR025A_ 195 3 545 631 275 361 8

300 XBR030A_ 225 3 640 748 325 433 15

350 XBR035A_ 255 3 755 863 375 483 20

400 XBR040A_ 285 4 850 960 425 535 28

500 XBR050A_ 340 4 1080 1210 525 655 41

FLANGE HOLING = SEE FLANSCHBOHRBILD SIEHE PERÇAGE = VOIR PAGE T. 57. FORATURA FLANGIA = VEDI PAGE T. 57. SEITE T. 57. PAG. T. 57. - ACCESSORIES - XZX HIGH SIDE TROUGH 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - ERHÖHTER TROG XZS SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - REHAUSSE D’AUGE XZS - ACCESSORI - SPONDE RIALZATE XZS WA.01050 T. 67

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

T kg/m Ø Code Fig. B C D N Q R ø S *2 V *2 *1 *1 *3 *3 150 XZS015_ _ _ _ 1 115 44 27.5 65 25 5 12.5 3 2 12.5 5.2 3.6 200 XZS020_ _ _ _ 1 135 44 27.5 85 25 5 12.5 3 2 12.5 5.7 4 250 XZS025_ _ _ _ 1 160 44 27.5 100 30 5 14.5 3 2 12.5 6.4 4.4 300 XZS030_ _ _ _ 1 195 55 30 135 30 6 14.5 4 3 12.5 10.6 8.2 350 XZS035_ _ _ _ 1 235 55 37.5 175 30 6 18.5 4 3 12.5 12.1 9.3 400 XZS040_ _ _ _ 1 270 55 37.5 200 35 6 18.5 4 3 12.5 13.3 10.3 500 XZS050_ _ _ _ 2 340 65 37.5 135 35 6 18.5 4 3 12.5 16.8 13.2 600 XZS060_ _ _ _ 2 420 65 37.5 175 35 6 18.5 4 4 12.5 19.8 19.8

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

L = MULTIPLE OF 250 mm IN SCHRITTEN VON 250 mm kg/m = weight per channel - Gewicht pro Flanke MULTIPLE DE 250 mm poids d’un flanc - peso di 1 sponda MULTIPLO DI 250 mm

XZS 015 2 30 2 High side trough - Erhöhter trog Rehausse d’auge - Sponde di rialzo

Size - Baugröße - Taille - Grandezza 015 = (150) 035 = (300) 020 = (200) 040 = (400) 025 = (250) 050 = (500) 030 = (300) 060 = (600)

Thickness - Stärke - Epaisseur - Spessore

Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza (dm)

Material - Werkstoff - Matériau - Materiale 1 = Mild steel 2 = AISI 304 3 = AISI 316 (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) - ACCESSORIES - XPR HIGH END PLATE 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - ERHÖHTER ENDSCHILD XPR SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - REHAUSSE DE FLASQUE XPR - ACCESSORI - PORTASUPPORTO DI RIALZO XPR WA.01050 T. 68

150 - 200 - 250 - 300 - 400 500 - 600

Top flange holing - Flanschbohrbild oben - Perçage supérieur - Foratura superiore

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

K S kg Ø Code Fig. B E F *1 *2 J L M N Q T Z Ø n° *1 *2 *3 150 XPR015_ 1 115 17.5 115 6 5 40 265 230 65 25 12.5 4 25 12.5 2 1.6 200 XPR020 2 135 15.5 93.3 6 5 40 315 280 85 25 12.5 4 25 12.5 3 2.4 250 XPR025_ 2 160 17.5 110 6 5 50 365 330 100 30 15 4 30 12.5 4.5 3.5 300 XPR030_ 2 195 25 128.3 6 5 50 435 385 135 30 15 4 30 12.5 6 5 350 XPR035_ 3 235 20 89 6 5 60 485 445 175 30 19 4 37.5 12.5 7.6 6.3 400 XPR040_ 3 270 20 100 8 6 60 540 500 200 35 19 4 37.5 12.5 13.1 10 500 XPR050_ 3 340 27.5 120 10 6 60 655 600 135 35 19 6 37.5 15 23.5 15 600 XPR060_ 3 420 27.5 140 10 6 60 755 700 175 35 19 6 37.5 15 32 20

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

*1 Mild steel *2 Stainless steel AISI 304L *3 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) Acier au carbone INOX 304L INOX 316L Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L 12.08 - ACCESSORIES - XFBA-TYPE OVERFLOW HATCH FLAP - ZUBEHÖR - ÜBERLAUFKLAPPE TYP XFBA SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - CAPOT MOBILE XFBA - ACCESSORI - PORTELLO XFBA WA.01050 T. 69

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio

2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

Ø Code B D E F M T kg

150 XFBA01505_ 50 170 275 15 230 2 3

200 XFBA02005_ 50 220 320 15 280 2 3.4

250 XFBA02505_ 60 270 370 15 330 2 4

300 XFBA03005_ 60 320 445 15 385 2 4.8

350 XFBA03505_ 60 370 495 15 445 2 5.3

400 XFBA04005_ 70 420 545 15 500 2 6

500 XFBA05005_ 70 520 665 15 600 2 7.2

600 XFBA06005_ 70 620 765 15 700 3 8.3

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

ORDER BESTELLEN SIE COMMANDEZ ORDINARE

FNCO : if only the limit switch FNCO : nur für Halterung ohne FNCO : uniquement avec le FNCO : se si vuole soltanto la mount is required Endschalter support de fin de basetta fine corsa course FNC9 : if both limit switch and FNC9 : für Halterung inkl. FNC9 : se si vuole basetta e fine mount are required Endschalter FNC9 : avec le fin de course corsa et son support - ACCESSORIES - XKX-TYPE GRILLE BENEATH HATCH FLAP 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - SCHUTZGITTER UNTER ÜBERLAUFKLAPPE TYP XKX SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - GRILLE SOUS CAPOT MOBILE XKX - ACCESSORI - RETE SOTTO PORTELLO XKX WA.01050 T. 70

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

S kg/m Ø Code A B C *2 *2 *1 *1 *3 *3

150 XKX033_ 261 230 350 1 2 0.3 0.5

200 XKX034_ 311 280 350 1 2 0.4 1

250 XKX035_ 361 330 350 1 2 0.5 1.1

300 XKX036_ 433 385 350 1 2 0.6 1.3

350 XKX037_ 483 445 350 1.5 2 1 1.4

400 XKX038_ 533 500 350 1.5 2 1.2 1.6

500 XKX039_ 653 600 350 1.5 2 1.5 2

600 XKX040_ 770 700 350 1.5 2 1.6 2.2

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

*1 Mild steel *2 Stainless steel AISI 304L *3 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 Acier au carbone INOX 304L INOX 316L Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L - ACCESSORIES - XJQ-TYPE COVER SUPPORT BRACKET 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - ABDECKUNGSAUFLAGEBÜGEL TYP XJQ SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - SUPPORT CAPOT XJQ - ACCESSORI - SOTTOCOPERCHIO XJQ WA.01050 T. 71

Real inlet - Lichte Einlauflänge - Longueur utile de la bouche - Bocca utile

Ø Code A B C D E F G H Sp kg

150 XJQ0150S_ 165 100 45 50 25 115 12.5 25 3 0.6

200 XJQ0200S_ 209 100 45 50 25 93.3 12.5 25 3 0.7

250 XJQ0250S_ 259 120 60 60 30 110 12.5 30 3 1

300 XJQ0300S_ 309 120 60 60 30 128 12.5 30 4 1.6

350 XJQ0350S_ 359 120 60 60 30 89 12.5 30 4 1.8

400 XJQ0400S_ 401 140 75 75 32.5 100 12.5 37.5 5 3

500 XJQ0500S_ 501 140 75 75 32.5 120 15 37.5 5 3.5

600 XJQ0600S_ 601 140 75 75 32.2 140 15 37.5 5 4

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® - OPTIONS - SPIRAL GUIDING SIDE CHANNEL XZG 12.08 - VARIANTEN - WENDELFÜHRUNG XZG SSC 1 - OPTIONS - GUIDE SPIRE XZG - OPZIONI - GUIDA ELICA XZG WA.01050 T. 72

R T kg/m Ø Code A B C D E F N Q *2 ø S *2 ø V *2 *1 *1 *1 *3 *3 *3 150 XZG015_10_ 48 115 40 40 75 32.5 65 25 6 5 12.5 3 2 12.5 6 4.3 200 XZG020_10_ 50 135 40 50 85 32.5 85 25 6 5 12.5 3 2 12.5 6.6 4.7 250 XZG025_10_ 56 160 50 60 100 32.5 100 30 6 5 14.5 3 2 12.5 7.3 5 300 XZG030_10_ 62 195 70 80 115 38 135 30 6 6 14.5 4 3 12.5 12 9.6 350 XZG035_10_ 62 235 80 90 145 45.5 175 30 6 6 18.5 4 3 12.5 13.5 10.7 400 XZG040_10_ 66 270 85 100 170 49.5 200 35 6 6 18.5 4 3 12.5 16 13 500 XZG050_10_ 76 340 100 120 220 49.5 135 35 6 6 18.5 4 3 12.5 19.5 16 600 XZG060_10_ 76 420 130 150 270 49.5 175 35 6 6 18.5 4 4 12.5 22 22

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

XZG 020 3 30 1 Side with flight guide - Trogflanke mit Wendelführung Rehausse avec guide spire - Sponda con guida elica

Size - Baugröße - Taille - Grandezza 015 = (150) 035 = (300) 020 = (200) 040 = (400) 025 = (250) 050 = (500) 030 = (300) 060 = (600)

Thickness - Stärke - Epaisseur - Spessore

Lenght - Länge - Longueur - Lunghezza (dm)

Material - Werkstoff - Matériau - Materiale 1 = Mild steel 2 = AISI 304L 3 = AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) - OPTIONS - FWB TYPE FLUSH OUTLET 12.08 - VARIANTEN - FRONTALAUSLAUF TYP FWB SSC 1 - OPTIONS - DECHARGE AXIALE FWB - OPZIONI - SCARICO ASSIALE FWB WA.01050 T. 73

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio

2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

E Ø Code Fig. A ø B C *2 N P Q X ø Z kg/m *1 *3 150 206FWBK_A 1 265 170 145 3 3 230 43 27.5 115 12.5 0.9 200 206FWBL_A 2 315 217 185 3 3 280 43 27.5 93.3 12.5 1.25 250 206FWBM_A 2 365 267 215 3 3 330 43 27.5 110 12.5 1.5 300 206FWBN_A 2 435 317 245 3 3 385 54 30 128.3 12.5 2 350 206FWBO_A 3 485 365 275 3 3 445 54 35 89 12.5 2.5 400 206FWBP_A 3 540 413 305 4 4 500 54 36.5 100 12.5 3.9 500 206FWBQ_A 3 655 513 380 4 4 600 64 36.5 120 14.5 5.8 600 206FWBR_A 3 755 613 465 4 4 700 64 36.5 140 14.5 7.9

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

*1 Mild steel *2 Stainless steel AISI 304L *3 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) Acier au carbone INOX 304L INOX 316L Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L - OPTIONS - DOUBLE FLIGHTING - MILD STEEL AND ST. ST. 304L 12.08 - VARIANTEN - DOPPELWENDEL - STAHL UND EDELSTAHL 1.4306 SSC 1 - OPTIONS - SPIRE DOUBLE FILET - ACIER AU CARBONE ET INOX 304L - OPZIONI - ELICA DOPPIA - ACCIAIO AL CARBONIO E AISI 304L WA.01050 T. 74

Weight Outer band- Außenband Inner band- Innenband Max. torque - Max. paar Bande ext. - Fascia est. Bande int. - Fascia int. Gewicht Ø A B C D P Couple maxi. - Max coppia Poids Code nom. [Nm] F x S F1 x S1 Peso [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] Fe Inox 304 +7 +0 185 -7 16.9 39 8 _ _ 2 1250 200 185 105 65 3 40 x 20 20 x 10 -4 +7 125 -7 25 39 8 _ _ 4 1250 +7 +0 240 -7 27 39 8 _ _ 2 1300 250 240 140 70 4 50 x 25 35 x 15 -4 +7 160 -7 40.5 39 8 _ _ 4 1300 +10 +0 280 -10 34.2 39 8 _ _ 2 1350 300 280 160 80 4 60 x 25 40 x 15 -6 +10 185 -10 51.8 39 8 _ _ 4 1350 +10 +0 327 -10 45.7 350 327 177 97 5 75 x 25 40 x 15 -6 +10 218 -10 66.1 +10 +0 360 -10 41 39 8 _ _ 2 1400 400 360 220 120 5 70 x 25 50 x 15 -6 +10 240 -10 61.5 39 8 _ _ 4 1400 +10 +0 460 -10 54 39 8 _ _ 2 1450 500 460 300 160 5 80 x 25 70 x 20 -6 +10 305 -10 81 39 8 _ _ 4 1450 +10 +0 -10 600 6 -6 +10 -10

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

Steel - Stahl - Acier - Acciaio 2 AISI 304 stainless steel - Edelstahl 1.4301 - Acier inox AISI 304 - Acciaio inox AISI 304 6

RH flight - Rechtsgängige Wendel - Spire Droite - Elica destra 0 LH flight - Linksgängige Wendel - Spire gauche - Elica sinistra 2

Pitch 1/1 - Steigung 1/1 - Pas 1/1 - Passo 1/1 2 Pitch 2/3 - Steigung 2/3 - Pas 2/3 - Passo 2/3 4 - ACCESSORIES - XJS-TYPE TROUGH FOOT 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - TROGFUSS TYP XJS SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - SEMELLE SUPPORT XJS - ACCESSORI - SELLA XJS WA.01050 T. 75

150 - 200 - 250 - 300 - 400 500 - 600

K kg Ø Code C D E F G H *1 *2 L M P Q R S Y Z3 *1 *2 *3 *3 150 XJS015_ 145 180 70 39 30 5 4 265 230 88 95 12.5 50 12.5 1.2 1 200 XJS020_ 185 210 90 56 30 6 5 315 280 107 120 12.5 50 2 2. 1.6 250 XJS025_ 215 240 100 63 40 6 5 365 330 126 145 15 70 2.9 2.9 2.5 300 XJS030_ 245 290 120 67 40 6 5 435 385 147 170 15 70 3.5 3.5 3 350 XJS035_ 275 340 130 70 40 8 6 485 445 170 195 15 70 5.6 5.6 4.2 400 XJS040_ 305 375 140 74 45 8 6 535 500 191 220 19 80 7 7 5.3 500 XJS050_ 380 470 200 90 168 50 10 6 655 600 155 424 270 19 90 14 14 8.5 600 XJS060_ 465 525 250 127 218 55 10 6 755 700 181 495 325 19 100 20 20 12

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

*1 Mild steel *2 Stainless steel AISI 304L *3 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) Acier au carbone INOX 304L INOX 316L Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L - ACCESSORIES - XKM-TYPE SCREW CLAMP 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - SCHRAUBZWINGENVERSCHLUSS TYP XKM SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - PINCE A VIS XKM - ACCESSORI - MORSETTO A VITE XKM WA.01050 T. 76

Code M kg XKM101 10 0.2 - ACCESSORIES - PIPE COUPLING AND PLUG 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - GEWINDEMUFFE MIT BLINDSTOPFEN SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - PIQUAGE ET BOUCHON - ACCESSORI - MANICOTTO E TAPPO WA.01050 T. 77

Pipe Coupling - Gewindemuffe - Piquâge - Manicotto

Code kg 1 4538020180 0.470 2 4538020182 0.470

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = St. st. AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

Plug - Blindstopfen - Bouchon - Tappo KEY SCHLÜSSEL CLEF CHIAVE

Code kg 1 4538021180 0.350 2 4538021182 0.350

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = St. st. AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L - OUTLET CONNECTIONS 12.08 - AUSLAUFANSCHLUSS SSC 1 - RACCORD DE DÉCHARGEMENT - RACCORDO DI SCARICO WA.01050 T. 78

Flange not included - Flansch nicht inbegriffen Bride exclue - Flangia non compresa

1 = Mild steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio

2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

Ø Code A B C D ø E L S X

150 XPUST015114_00 265 115 145 260 114.3 165 5 28.35

200 XPUST020114_00 315 135 185 320 114.3 209 8 50.35

250 XPUST025114_00 365 160 215 375 114.3 259 8 75.35

300 XPUST030114_00 435 195 245 440 114.3 309 8 100.35

350 XPUST035114_00 485 235 275 510 168.3 359 8 99.35

400 XPUST040114_00 540 270 305 575 168.3 401 12 120.35

500 XPUST050114_00 655 340 380 720 168.3 501 12 170.35

600 XPUST060114_00 755 420 465 885 168.3 601 12 220.35

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

*1 Mild steel *2 Stainless steel AISI 304L *3 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stahl Edelstahl 1.4306 Edelstahl 1.4404 (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200 - 250 - 300 - 400) Acier au carbone INOX 304L INOX 316L Acciaio al carbonio AISI 304L AISI 316L - ACCESSORIES - XKU-TYPE SPRAYING NOZZLE 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - SPRÜHDÜSE TYP XKU SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - BUSE D’ASPERSION XKU - ACCESSORI - UGELLO XKU WA.01050 T. 79

Throughput - Durchsatz Code A B C D Débit - Portata (dm3 / min)* XKU051 19 40 32.5 3/8" 4.5 * throughput at 2.5 bar * Durchsatz bei 2.5 bar * débit à 2.5 bar * portata a 2.5 bar - ACCESSORIES - ANGULAR BRACKETS 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - WINKELBUGEL SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - BRIDES CORNIERES - ACCESSORI - STAFFE ANGOLARI WA.01050 T. 80

DOUBLE FASTENING ANGULAR BRACKETS - PAAR WINKELBUGEL ZUR FIXIERUNG CUPLE DE BRIDES D'ANGLE - COPPIA STAFFE ANGOLARI DI FISSAGGIO

ZSA012

2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

This accessory is provided only Dieses Zubehörteil ist nur für den Le présent accessoire n’a été Il presente accessorio è stato for the built-in trough. integralen Trog vorgesehen prévu que pour l’auge intégrale previsto solo per il truogolo inte- The supply includes a couple of Zum Lieferumfang gehört ein La fourniture inclut une paire de grale. 304 stainless steel angular Paar Winkelbügel aus Edelstahl brides à cornière en AISI 304 La fornitura comprende una brackets complete with hard- 1.4301 mit Schrauben. Wird in avec boulonnerie, fournies dé- coppia di staffe angolari in AISI ware for assembly. zerlegtem Zustand geliefert. montées. 304 complete di bulloneria, for- . nite smontate. - ACCESSORIES - ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FEED 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - VERSTELLBARE FUSSE SSC 500 mm 1 - ACCESSOIRES - PIEDS REGLABLES - ACCESSORI - PIEDI REGOLABILI WA.01050 T. 81

2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L 3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

L Height - Hohe - Hauteur - Altezza Ø Code A B ( mm ) Min. Max.

150 ZPR01_ 350 290 430 630 500

200 ZPR03_ 400 340 430 630 500

250 ZPR05_ 450 390 430 630 500

300 ZPR07_ 505 445 430 630 500

350 ZPR15_ 505 495 430 630 500

400 ZPR09_ 605 545 430 630 500

500 ZPR11_ 705 645 430 630 500

600 ZPR13_ 805 745 430 630 500

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM®

This accessory is provided only Dieses Zubehörteil ist nur für den Le présent accessoire n’a été Il presente accessorio è stato for the built-in trough. integralen Trog vorgesehen prévu que pour l’auge intégrale previsto solo per il truogolo integrale. - ACCESSORIES - ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FEED 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - VERSTELLBARE FUSSE SSC 1000 mm 1 - ACCESSOIRES - PIEDS REGLABLES - ACCESSORI - PIEDI REGOLABILI WA.01050 T. 82

2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

3 = Stainless steel AISI 316L / Edelstahl 1.4404 / INOX 316L / AISI 316L (only - nur - seulement - solo ø 200-250-300-400)

L Height - Hohe - Hauteur - Altezza Ø Code A B Min. Max. ( mm )

150 ZPR02_ 350 290 830 1130 1000

200 ZPR04_ 400 340 830 1130 1000

250 ZPR06_ 450 390 830 1130 1000

300 ZPR08_ 505 445 830 1130 1000

350 ZPR16_ 505 495 830 1130 1000

400 ZPR10_ 605 545 830 1130 1000

500 ZPR12_ 705 645 830 1130 1000

600 ZPR14_ 805 745 830 1130 1000

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® This accessory is provided only Dieses Zubehörteil ist nur für den Le présent accessoire n’a été Il presente accessorio è stato for the built-in trough. integralen Trog vorgesehen prévu que pour l’auge intégrale previsto solo per il truogolo integrale. - ACCESSORIES - WATER DRAINAGE UNIT 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - WASSERAUSLAUFEINHEIT SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - GROUPE VIDANGE EAU - ACCESSORI - GRUPPO SCARICO ACQUA WA.01050 T. 83

Description - Benennung Material - Werkstoffe Code Ø Designation - Descrizione Materiaux - Materiale Stub pipe - Stutzen 304 St. st. - Edel. 1.4301 4538022000 2" Tronçon - Tronchetto Inox 304 - AISI 304 Gate valve - Schieber Brass - Messing 453840165 2" Robinet-vanne - Saracinesca Laiton - Ottone - ACCESSORIES - FLIGHT PRESSOR 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - WENDELKÄFIG SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - PRESSEUR POUR PIPE - ACCESSORI - PRESSORE PER ELICA WA.01050 T. 84

1 = Carbon steel / Stahl / Acier au carbone / Acciaio al carbonio 2 = Stainless steel AISI 304L / Edelstahl 1.4306 / INOX 304L / AISI 304L

Ø Code A B L kg

150 165 175 1000

200 19ZAY15_A 209 225 1000 5

259 275 1000 250 19ZAYGV_A 259 275 1500 7.5

19ZAZ6J_A 309 325 1000 7.2 300 19ZAYGX_A 309 325 1500 11

350 359 375 1000

400 401 425 1000 14

500 501 525 1000

600 601 625

check with WAM® - bei WAM® rückfragen - consulter WAM® - consultare WAM® - ACCESSORIES - SIDE COUPLING 12.08 - ZUBEHÖR - SEITENEINLEITUNG SSC 1 - ACCESSOIRES - RACCORD LATERAL - ACCESSORI - INNESTO LATERALE WA.01050 T. 85

Ø Code A B L kg

150 175 137.5 1000

200 225 137.5 1000

250 275 137.5 1000

300 325 137.5 1000

350 375 187.5 1500

400 425 187.5 1500

500 525 187.5 1500

600 625 187.5 1500

For horizontal screw feeders. Für horizontale Schnecken vor- Prévu pour les vis sans fin hori- Previsto per coclee orizzontali. For other sizes see page T.28. gesehen. zontales. Per le altre dimensioni vedere Für die anderen Abmessungen Pour les autres dimensions voir pag.T.28. siehe Seite T.28. page T.28.

Consult the WAM® Sales Dept. Wenden Sie sich bitte an das Contacter le Service Commercial Consultare Ufficio Commer- Verkaufsbüro von WAM® WAM® ciale WAM® - WEIGHT 12.08 - GEWICHT SSC 1 - POIDS - PESO WA.01050 T. 86 RA 150 RA 130 500 115.5 S 27 S 25 RA 150 RA 130 66 400 S 27 S 25 RA 130 85 RA 350 48.5 S 27 S 25 RA 130 85 RA 300 31.5 S 27 230 230 230 230 S 25 RA 130 85 RA 70 RA 250 23.5 S 27 S 25 S 23 85 RA 70 RA S 17 25 200 S 23 S 21 70 RA S 23 150 11.5 23 26 31 46 52 56 70 S 21 (Pm + Pe) x 1 11.5 12.5 25.4 26.7 38.8 40 50 3 120 120 122 140 125 144 128 142 138 145 2 / 15.7 28.2 34,3 45.7 57.5 79 4 189 128 189 130 189 134 194 174 144 199 174 1.1626473737580 1.5646568747681 2.25.57.5 82 114 85 114 136 117 210 138 120 142 123 140 210 210 210 195 210 195 kW 0.55 430.75 44 44 45 45 46 445 46 45 46 D Pa Pe Pb Pm 2 1 Double spiral Doppelspirale Spire double Spira doppia Simple spiral Einf. Spirale Spire Simple Spira semplice P t = a + b L P t = Total weight / Gesamtgewicht /Poids total /Peso totale (kg) weight / Gesamtgewicht /Poids total /Peso totale Total t = P L = Length / Länge Longueur Lunghezza (m) - TROUGH CONFIGURATION 12.08 - TROGKONFIGURATION SSC 1 - DISPOSITIONS CONSTRUCTIVES - DISPOSIZIONE TRUOGOLI WA.01050 T. 87

Ø150 - Ø 200 - Ø 250 Length L = (end flange - end Länge L = (Endflansch-End- Longueur entre flasque multiple La lunghezza flangia - flangia L flange) is multiple of 500 mm. flansch) ist ein Vielfaches von de 500 mm. è multipla di 500 mm. 500 mm.

Section can be: Die Trogabschnitte können fol- Les sections de longueur I moduli possono essere: A = 3.000 mm gende Längen haben: peuvent être: A = modulo di 3.000 mm B = 1000 / 2500 mm A = 3.000 mm A = 3.000 mm B = modulo da 1000 / 2500 C = outlet section (1000/1500mm.) B = 1000 / 2500 mm B = 1000 / 2500 mm C = modulo di scarico C = Auslaufteil (1000 / 1500 mm) C = section de décharge (1000/ 1500 mm) (1000/1500 mm)

AB C L 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 1000 1500 1500 1 2000 11 2500 11 3000 11 3500 11 4000 11 4500 11 5000 111 5500 111 6000 11 1 6500 11 1 7000 21 7500 21 8000 211 8500 211 9000 21 1 9500 21 1 10000 31 10500 31 11000 311 11500 311 12000 31 1 12500 31 1 13000 41 13500 41 14000 41 14500 411 15000 411 15500 41 1 16000 41 1 16500 51 17000 511 17500 511 18000 51 1 18500 51 1 19000 61 19500 61 20000 611 20500 611 12.08 - TROUGH CONFIGURATION - SSC TROGKONFIGURATION 1 - DISPOSITIONS CONSTRUCTIVES - DISPOSIZIONE TRUOGOLI WA.01050 T. 88

Ø300 - Ø 350 - Ø 400 - Ø 500 - Ø 600 Length L = (end flange - end Länge L = (Endflansch-End- Longueur entre flasque multiple La lunghezza flangia - flangia L flange) is multiple of 500 mm. flansch) ist ein Vielfaches von de 500 mm. è multipla di 500 mm. 500 mm.

Section can be: Die Trogabschnitte können fol- Les sections de longueur I moduli possono essere: A = 3.000 mm gende Längen haben: peuvent être: A = modulo di 3.000 mm B = 1000 / 2500 mm A = 3.000 mm A = 3.000 mm B = modulo da 1000 / 2500 mm C = outlet section B = 1000 / 2500 mm B = 1000 / 2500 mm C = modulo di scarico (1500/2000 mm) C = Auslaufteil C = section de décharge (1500/2000 mm) (1500/2000 mm) (1500/2000 mm)

AB C L 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 1500 2000 1500 1 2000 1 2500 11 3000 11 3500 11 4000 11 4500 11 5000 11 5500 111 6000 111 6500 11 1 7000 11 1 7500 21 8000 21 8500 211 9000 211 9500 21 1 10000 21 1 10500 31 11000 31 11500 311 12000 311 12500 31 1 13000 31 1 13500 41 14000 41 14500 411 15000 411 15500 41 1 16000 41 1 16500 51 17000 51 17500 511 18000 511 18500 51 1 19000 51 1 19500 61 20000 61 20500 611 - SHIPPING DATA 12.08 - KOLLIDATEN SSC 1 - COLISAGE - INGOMBRO SPEDIZIONE WA.01050 T. 89

Ø150 - Ø 200 - Ø 250

AB C R V T L 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 1000 1500 max. max. max. 1500 1 2000 11 2500 11 3000 11 3500 11 4000 11 4500 11 5000 111 5500 111 6000 11 1 6500 11 1 7000 21 7500 21 8000 211 8500 211 9000 21 1 9500 21 1 10000 31 10500 31 11000 311 700 400 650 11500 311 12000 31 1 12500 31 1 13000 41 13500 41 14000 41 14500 411 15000 411 15500 41 1 16000 41 1 16500 51 17000 511 17500 511 18000 51 1 18500 51 1 19000 61 19500 61 20000 611 20500 611 - SHIPPING DATA 12.08 - KOLLIDATEN SSC 1 - COLISAGE - INGOMBRO SPEDIZIONE WA.01050 T. 90

Ø300 - Ø 350 - Ø 400 - Ø 500 - Ø 600

AB C R V T L 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 1500 2000 max. max. max. 1500 1 2000 1 2500 11 3000 11 3500 11 4000 11 4500 11 5000 11 5500 111 6000 111 6500 11 1 7000 11 1 7500 21 8000 21 8500 211 9000 211 9500 21 1 10000 21 1 10500 31 11000 31700 400 650 11500 311 12000 311 12500 31 1 13000 31 1 13500 41 14000 41 14500 411 15000 411 15500 41 1 16000 41 1 16500 51 17000 51 17500 511 18000 511 18500 51 1 19000 51 1 19500 61 20000 61 20500 611

+39 / 0535 / 618111 WAM S.p.A. fax +39 / 0535 / 618226 Via Cavour, 338 e-mail [email protected] I - 41030 Ponte Motta internet www.wamgroup.com Cavezzo (MO) - ITALY videoconference + 39 / 0535 / 49032 EN SSC (SSC-CLO-CLOS- SVS-ASU-TSD) SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYORS ASSEMBLY AND MAIN INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE AND 2 MAINTENANCE

Manual No. CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12 Latest Update: September 2016 ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS IN ENGLISH

WAMGROUP S.p.A. + 39 / 0535 / 618111 Via Cavour, 338 fax + 39 / 0535 / 618226 41030 Ponte Motta e-mail [email protected] Cavezzo (MO) - ITALY internet www.wamgroup.com All the products described in this catalogue are manufactured according to WAMGROUP S.p.A. Quality System procedures. The Company’s Quality System, certified in July 1994 according to International Standards UNI EN ISO 9002 and extended to the latest release of UNI EN ISO 9001, ensures that the entire production process, starting from the processing of the order to the technical service after delivery, is carried out in a controlled manner that guarantees the quality standard of the product.

SUMMARY

1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION...... 1 1.1 Scope of the Manual...... 1 1.2 Symbols...... 2 1.3 Glossary and terminology...... 4 1.4 Manufacturer’s data and identification of equipment...... 5 1.5 Request for assistance...... 6 1.6 Warranty...... 6 1.7 Exclusion of responsibility...... 7 2.0 INFORMATION REGARDING SAFETY...... 8 2.1 General safety prescriptions...... 8 2.2 Safety prescriptions for transport and handling...... 8 2.3 Safety prescriptions for installation...... 9 2.4 Safety prescriptions for use and operation...... 9 2.5 Safety prescriptions for maintenance and replacement of components...... 9 3.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION...... 11 3.1 General description of the equipment...... 11 3.2 Main components...... 12 3.3 Operating principle...... 12 3.4 Permitted use...... 13 3.5 Improper use not permitted...... 13 3.6 Noise level...... 14 3.7 Environmental operating limits...... 14 3.8 Overall dimensions and technical features...... 14 3.9 Safety and information signs...... 15 3.10 Safety devices...... 16 4.0 INFORMATION REGARDING HANDLING AND TRANSPORT...... 17 4.1 Type of packaging...... 17 4.2 Reception of goods...... 19 4.3 Lifting and unloading methods...... 19 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING...... 21 5.1 Recommendations for installation...... 21 5.2 Preassembling the electric motor...... 21 5.3 Preassembling the gear reducer...... 23 5.4 Complete assembly of the screw conveyor...... 24 5.5 Installation and fixing of the equipment...... 31 5.6 Electrical connection...... 33 5.7 Inspection...... 34

III SSC 09.16 2 INDEX CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

6.0 INFORMATION REGARDING USE...... 35 6.1 Production Start-up...... 35 6.2 Equipment shutdown at the end of the work cycle...... 35 6.3 Long shutdowns of the equipment...... 35 6.4 Reuse after long shut-downs...... 36 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE...... 37 7.1 Cleaning the equipment (the machine)...... 38 7.2 Gear reducer lubrication...... 38 7.3 Changing the oil...... 39 7.4 Lubrication of the chain transmission...... 40 7.5 Transmission tensioning...... 41 7.6 XSV - XSR - XUC_ _ _ N - XUJ lubrication ...... 43 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS...... 45 8.1 Safety recommendations for replacement...... 45 8.2 Replacing the electric motor...... 45 8.3 Replacing the gear reducer...... 47 8.4 XUC seal replacing and adjustment...... 48 8.5 Replacing the bottom covering, only for SSC...... 49 8.6 Replacing the screw or auger and the plates...... 53 8.7 Replacing the bolted / welded plates and the trough...... 55 8.8 Replacing the external tube...... 56 8.9 Returning the equipment (the machine)...... 56 8.10 Dismantling and disposal ...... 56 9.0 INFORMATION REGARDING FAULTS...... 57 9.1 Trouble-shooting...... 57 9.2 Check-list in case of fault...... 58 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA...... 60 10.1 Shipping data...... 60 10.2 Weight...... 62 10.3 Dimensions...... 64 A ATTACHMENTS...... 70 A1 Nuts and bolts tightening torque Table...... 70 A2 Lubricants and sealants Table...... 71 A3 Drive unit lubricants Table...... 72 A4 Repainting...... 74

IV SSC 09.16 2 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

1.1 Scope of the Manual

This Manual has been prepared by the Manufacturer to provide the operating technical information for installation, operation and maintenance of the equipment concerned. The Manual, which is an integral part of the equipment concerned, must be preserved throughout the life of the equipment in a known easily accessible place, available for consultation whenever required. If the Manual is lost, damaged or becomes illegible, contact the Manufacturer for a copy specifying the serial number of the equipment. If the equipment concerned changes ownership, the Manual has to be handed over to the new owner as part of the equipment supply. The Manual is meant for specialist technical personnel appointed and authorized by the Manufacturer, owner and installer to act on the equipment concerned for which specific technical skills in the sector concerned are necessary (electrical, mechanical, etc.). The illustrations may differ from the actual structure of the equipment concerned but do not interfere with the explanation of the operations. In case of doubt, contact the Manufacturer for explanations. The Manufacturer reserves the right to make changes to the Manual without the obligation to provide prior notification, except in case of modifications concerning the safety level. The technical information included in this Instruction Manual is the property of the Manufacturer and therefore has to be considered as confidential. It is forbidden to use the Manual for purposes other than those strictly linked to the operation and maintenance of the equipment concerned. This information is provided by the Manufacturer in the original language (English) and can be translated into other languages to satisfy legislative and/or commercial requirements.

1 SSC 09.16 2 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

1.2 Symbols

To highlight certain parts of the text, for purposes of safety, or to indicate important information, certain symbols are used, the meaning of which is described below. It is important to comply with and scrupulously follow the information highlighted by the symbols.

Danger - Warning Indicates situations of serious danger which, if ignored, can be risky for the health and safety of persons.

Caution Indicates that appropriate behaviour must be adopted to avoid posing risk for the health and safety of persons and avoid causing economic damage.

Important

Indicates particularly important technical information which must not be ignored.

2 SSC 09.16 2 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

List of safety and information symbols

Symbol Symbol description representation

Danger sign: indicates danger of electric shock caused by the presence of powered components inside the junction box or control panel.

Obligation: read this Manual before carrying out any action on the equipment concerned.

Forbidden: indicates that it is forbidden to lubricate or adjust moving parts.

Danger: indicates danger of serious injury to limbs if the internal moving parts of the equipment are exposed. Before opening inspection or maintenance hatches or doors isolate the equipment concerned from the electrical energy sources.

Information: indicates the direction of rotation of the electric motor.

Obligation: indicates the hooking points for lifting each section of the equipment concerned.

Forbidden: indicates it is forbidden to introduce hands into the equipment.

3 SSC 09.16 2 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

1.3 Glossary and terminology

Operator: person appropriately trained and authorized by the Production Manager for setting up the equipment concerned and carrying out routine maintenance. Installer: organization with specialized technicians and appropriate equipment for carrying out risk-free installation and extraordinary maintenance. Specialist technician: person responsible for and authorized by the Manufacturer, owner or installer to act on the equipment; must have specific technical skills depending on the sector concerned (electrical, mechanical etc.). The specialist technician, in addition to being familiar with the working of the equipment concerned, must be familiar with the working of the plant or equipment on which the equipment concerned is installed. Routine maintenance: includes all the actions necessary to keep the equipment in good working conditions, to ensure greater operating durability and to keep the safety requisites constant. Extraordinary maintenance: all the actions meant to keep the equipment in perfect working order. Setting in safety conditions: all the precautions the authorized personnel must adopt before acting on the equipment concerned.

The precautions are listed below. - Ensure that the equipment concerned is disconnected from all the mains and appropriate devices are used to prevent these from being reconnected accidentally. - Ensure that all the moving parts of the equipment have come to a complete stop. - Ensure the temperature of the equipment concerned is such that it does not burn. - Provide appropriate lighting in the area around the operations. - Wait for the material to be handled inside the equipment or machine concerned to settle down completely.

4 SSC 09.16 2 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

1.4 Manufacturer’s data and identification of equipment

Important

Do not change the data on the identification plate. Keep the ID plates clean, intact and legible as regards the data they contain. If the ID plate is damaged or is no longer legible (even just one informative element on it) contact the Manufacturer for a new ID plate and replace.

The ID plates shown identify the equipment concerned and its main components. The plates show the reference necessary for operating safety.

2 1

A Year WAMGROUP 1 - Gear reducer identification plate. WAM S.p.A. A) Year of manufacture v. Cavour 338 Ponte Motta/Cavezzo (MO)-ITALY B B) Manufacturer's name and address C C) Identification of gear reducer D D) Production batch Kg E E) Weight of the gear reducer COD: 063001947

A Year WAMGROUP 2 - Identification plate of screw conveyor. WAM S.p.A. via Cavour 338-Ponte Motta / Cavezzo (MO) - ITALY B The plate is affixed on the screw conveyor or on each C TYPE: Kg F section if there are a number of sections. D Serial N0.: E ROTATION DIRECTION G A) Year of manufacture B) Manufacturer’s name and address

COD: 063002014 C) Type of screw conveyor D) Serial No. E) Progressive number of section (if the screw consists of a number of sections) F) Weight of the screw conveyor G) Direction of screw rotation

5 SSC 09.16 2 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

D 3 - Motor identification plate A) Electric motor identification A Type Ins.cl.: F IP 55 B Batch No. Kg. Year E B) Production batch V Hz Rpm kW A cos φ C) Manufacturer’s name and address D) Weight of the electric motor F E) Year of manufacture 50 Hz IE_- F) Technical data 60 Hz IE_-

® Strada degli Schiocchi,12 01 COD: 063002100 REV.0 C WAMGROUP 41100 Modena-ITALY 3 ~ ® IE_ WAM

IEC60034-1

Considering the structural general similarity of the significant parts and of the operational modalities specified in this use and maintenance Manual, this catalogue shall be considered applicable and valid with full effect also for the equipment on which identification plate appears the abbreviated form CLO, CLOS, SVS,ASU, TSD.

1.5 Request for assistance

For all technical assistance, contact the Manufacturer’s service network. For all requests, provide the equipment identification data, the type of problem encountered and all other information which could be useful for identifying the problem.

1.6 Warranty

The conditions for validity and applicability of the warranty are specified in the sales contract.

6 SSC 09.16 2 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

1.7 Exclusion of responsibility

The equipment is delivered according to the specifications indicated by the Buyer in the order and the conditions valid at the time of purchase. The Manufacturer shall not accept responsibility for safety of persons or objects and operation failure of the equipment if the loading/unloading operations from trucks, transport, positioning at the site, use, repairs, maintenance etc. have not been carried out in compliance with the warnings described in this Manual, and in accordance with the national legislation in force. Likewise, the Manufacturer shall not accept any responsibility if the equipment concerned is used: - improperly; - by unauthorized persons and/or persons not sufficiently trained for installation, operation and maintenance; - with modifications made to the original configuration without the Manufacturer’s permission; - with spare parts that are not original or are not specific for the model; - without maintenance; - non-pursuant to the regulatory standards and national or local legislation on the matter of occupational safety; - non-pursuant to the recommendations in this Manual or on the warning and danger plates applied on the equipment.

7 SSC 09.16 2 2.0 INFORMATION REGARDING SAFETY CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

2.1 General safety prescriptions

Read the Instruction Manual carefully and strictly follow the instructions it includes, especially those regarding safety. Most accidents at the workplace are caused by negligence, failure to follow the most elementary safety regulations and incorrect or improper use of tools and equipment. Accidents can be prevented and avoided by taking due care, using suitable equipment and adopting adequate preventive measures. Apply and comply with the standards in force regarding workplace hygiene and safety. The personnel trained for and authorized for the operations has to have the psychological/physical requisites, experience in the sector concerned and the necessary technical skills for carrying out the operations assigned to them. All workers involved in any kind of operation must be prepared, trained and informed as regards the risks and the behaviour to be adopted. Pay attention to the meaning of the notices applied on the equipment, keep these legible and follow the information indicated. Use instruments, equipment and tools that have been approved and are intrinsically safe, and cannot alter the safety level of the operations or damage the equipment during installation, use and maintenance. Modifications to the equipment components should not be made for any reason whatsoever, without the Manufacturer’s permission.

2.2 Safety prescriptions for transport and handling

Carry out all the handling and transport operations in accordance with the procedures and instructions shown on the packaging and in the Manual supplied. All the operations must be performed by qualified authorized personnel. Those authorized to carry out the handling operations must have the capabilities and experience required to adopt all the necessary measures to guarantee one’s safety and the safety of persons directly involved in the operations. The chosen features of the lifting and handling means (crane, bridge crane, forklift truck etc.) must take into account the weight to be handled, the dimensions and the gripping points. During lifting use only accessories such as eyebolts, hooks, shackles, spring hooks, belts, slings, chains, ropes etc., that have been certified and are suitable for the weight to be lifted. During handling follow the prescriptions applicable for handling loads. Keep the position of the equipment concerned or the sections and the loose components horizontal, keep the load low and make all the necessary movements gently. Avoid sudden manoeuvres, dangerous oscillations and rotations, accompanying the movements manually and place the load gently on the ground.

8 SSC 09.16 2 2.0 INFORMATION REGARDING SAFETY CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

2.3 Safety prescriptions for installation

Before starting with installation, a “Safety Plan” must be implemented to safeguard the personnel directly involved and those who carry out operations in the surrounding area. All the laws must be strictly applied, especially those concerning workplace safety. Before proceeding with installation operations, mark off the work area to prevent access by unauthorized persons. The electrical connections must be made in compliance with the standards and laws in force. The person in charge of making the electrical connections has to ensure that the required standards and laws are followed before testing.

2.4 Safety prescriptions for use and operation

Do not tamper with the equipment concerned by using any kind of device to obtain performances different from those designed. All unauthorized changes can affect the health of people and the integrity of the equipment. The operators have to exclusively wear protective clothing and have to be equipped with appropriate individual protection devices for carrying out the operations and as required by the safety and work accident prevention standards. Before use, ensure that all the safety devices are installed and that they are working properly. During operations, prevent access to the work area by unauthorized persons. Remove all obstacles or sources of danger from the work area. It is strictly forbidden to walk or placing any improper load on the equipment.

2.5 Safety prescriptions for maintenance and replacement of components

Danger - Warning

Before carrying out any operation on the equipment concerned, ensure it is switched off and disconnected from all mains and use suitable devices to prevent the possibility of the power sources being activated accidentally.

Maintain the equipment concerned in the conditions of utmost efficiency compliant with the maintenance plan provided by the Manufacturer. Good maintenance apart from preserving the functional features and essential safety features over time, will also allow extending the working life of the equipment concerned and achieving the best possible performance. Strictly follow the procedures indicated in the Manual, especially those concerning safety. Ensure that all the safety devices are active and working properly. Mark off the work area in such a manner as to prevent the access of unauthorized persons. Replace the worn and damaged components exclusively with original spare parts, whose safety, reli- ability and interchangeability have been undoubtedly established.

9 SSC 09.16 2 2.0 INFORMATION REGARDING SAFETY CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Apart from invalidation of the warranty, the Manufacturer declines all responsibility for damage to objects and harm to persons deriving from the use of non-original spare parts or due to modifications made during repairs without express written authorization. Use the oil and lubricants recommended by the Manufacturer. Do not dump polluting material (oil, grease, paint, plastic etc.) in the environment, but carry out waste separation disposal depending on the chemical composition of the various products in compliance with the legislation in force. On completion of maintenance or replacement operations, before resuming production, check that no foreign bodies (rags, tools etc.) have been left inside the equipment concerned.

10 SSC 09.16 2 3.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

3.1 General description of the equipment

The screw conveyor is made of an external fixed part and an internal rotary part. The internal rotary part is made up of a auger without internal tube guided and supported by a “liner” on the bottom made from plastic or consisting of longitudinal bars. The fixed external part has an open semicircular shape (trough) and it always has at least an inlet and an outlet point. The screw conveyor was designed to be integrated to other systems, part of an installation, in order to create a well determined application. Its purpose is to convey bulk powder materials of different particle size from an inlet point A to an outlet point B, that is: convey, lift, feed or a combination of such operations.

Important

The terms “equipment” or “shaftless screw conveyor” used in this manual refer to the same machine. As components meant for installation in a plant, the screw conveyors - not fully provided with safety means - have to be considered “partly completed machinery”. Therefore, they do not bear an EC mark- ing. It is forbidden to start the equipment unless the machine/plant in which it is to be installed has been declared compliant with the Directive 2006/42/EC and further modifications.

11 SSC 09.16 2 3.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

3.2 Main components

6 10 10 11

1.0 9 1.1 7 8 5 4

1.2

1.0 Gear reducer and electric motor 1.1 Bare shaft screw with end bearing XSV 1.2 Gear reducer, belt transmission, electric motor 1.3 Chain transmission, gear reducer, electric motor 1.4 Coupling, gear reducer, electric motor 1.3 2 End bearing XSV 3 Seal XUC 4 Outlet XBY 5 Trough XCU 6 Cover XFC 7 End plate XPU 8 Auger 1.4 9 Coating XJL 10 Eye bolt 20672501.A 11 Plate 3

3.3 Operating principle

The power transmission group (1.0: 1.1: 1.2: 1.3: 1.4) transmits the rotary motion to the auger (8) which pulls the material, fed through the inlet (6), towards the outlet (4).

12 SSC 09.16 2 3.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

3.4 Permitted use

The shaftless screw (auger) offers a larger volume capacity and the possibility of handling particularly difficult materials such as those which tend to clog or those which present highly variable particle size. Construction material properties, oversize thickness, as well as a special manufacturing process make the auger highly resistant and extremely durable. Due to the absence of intermediate bearings, obstacle-free material handling is guaranteed. The completely enclosed trough prevents any material leakage. The trough covers equipped with appropriate gaskets enable odour-free operation and form a barrier to any atmospheric agents to enter the system. At the same time the conveyor offers maximum access to the inside for inspection and cleaning. Maintenance is reduced to the minimum due to a small number of components. There is a vast choice of liners depending on the specific material characteristics. SSC Shaftless Screw (Auger) Conveyors have been specially designed for handling of difficult heterogeneous materials like urban solid waste, screenings and floating matter, de-watered, thickened, conditioned sludge, packaged food, creams or pastes, waste from: meat, fish, fruit and vegetable processing. The main sectors of application are: wastewater treatment, sugarhouse rejects, fish industry, solid waste treatment, fruit and vegetable processing plants, beverage industry, pulp and paper, chemical industry, food industry in general, meat processing plants, abattoirs/slaughterhouses, restaurants, canteens, catering in general.

3.5 Improper use not permitted

Do not start operating the screw conveyor until the plant or equipment in which it is to be incorporated has been declared compliant to the relevant national and local legislative provisions in force. It is forbidden to use the screw conveyor in potentially inflammable or explosive atmospheres (ATEX). It is forbidden to install and use the screw conveyor with inclinations different from the design specification. It is forbidden to use the screw conveyor for food products (flour and grits). It is forbidden to use the screw conveyor for granular products (stones, sand, gravel, etc.). It is forbidden to use the screw conveyor for flammable (magnesium powder, etc.) or explosive products. It is forbidden to use the screw conveyor for products which can cause bacteriological contamination. It is forbidden to use the screw conveyor for hot products with temperatures exceeding + 40 °C and cold products with temperatures below - 20 °C.

13 SSC 09.16 2 3.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

3.6 Noise level

The noise level depends on different factors such as dimensions, handled material type and filling coefficient of the SSC. The noise generated by the SSC does not exceed 80 dB (A), value measured from 1 m distance in the most unfavourable position. The following table has therefore an approximate value and yet accurate enough in most of cases.

Danger - Warning Depending on the installation site, the installer must adopt suitable systems (barriers, etc.), if necessary, to maintain the noise levels within the legally permitted limits.

Screw conveyors with direct drive 80 dB (*)

Screw conveyors with chain transmission 90 dB (*)

Screw cconveyors with belt transmission 85 dB (*)

(* )Values measured from 1 m distance in the most unfavourable position.

3.7 Environmental operating limits

Unless otherwise specified, the equipment concerned may be used only within the limits indicated. - Altitude: less than 1,000 m at sea level - Environmental temperature: between - 20 °C and + 40 °C - Cold climates: with temperature less than 0 °C use oil and lubricants suitable to the operating temperature.

3.8 Overall dimensions and technical features

For exact identification of the equipment concerned, see the identification plate The document shows the diameter and length of the screw conveyor in addition to the Serial number and identification codes.

14 SSC 09.16 2 3.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

3.9 Safety and information signs

Danger - Warning Follow the signs on the plates. Ensure the plates are legible; otherwise clean them and replace the damaged ones, applying them in their original position.

D C B

NB: See the page 2, 1.2 Symbols

A) Danger sign: indicates danger of electric shock because of the presence of live components inside the junction box. B) Obligation: read this Manual before carrying out any action on the equipment concerned. C) Forbidden: indicates that it is forbidden to lubricate or adjust moving parts. D) Danger: indicates danger of serious injury to limbs if the screw or auger is exposed. Before opening the hatch isolate the equipment concerned from the mains. E) Information: indicates the direction of rotation of the electric motor. F) Obligation: indicates the hooking points for lifting each section of the equipment concerned.

15 SSC 09.16 2 3.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

3.10 Safety devices

Access to the inspection hatches is not necessary while using the equipment concerned, their use is extraordinary since they are provided for removing foreign bodies and accumulated material from the screw conveyor or for extraordinary maintenance operations. In case the screw conveyor is provided with an inspection hatch, it will be delivered with a screw device which must be unlocked using a key as required by the Standards concerning fixed protections.

16 SSC 09.16 4.0 INFORMATION REGARDING HANDLING 2 AND TRANSPORT CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

4.1 Type of packaging

Depending on the type of supply requested in the order, the equipment concerned may be sent in the configurations indicated.

A B

A) Complete screw conveyor: The screw conveyor consists of a single section including the motor and the gear reducer mounted on it. B) Incomplete screw conveyor: The screw conveyor consists of a single section with the gear reducer mounted without the electric motor (the customer will have to purchase and fit the electric motor). C) Screw conveyor disassembled: The screw conveyor consists of a single section with the electric motor and the gear reducer disassembled. D) Complete screw conveyor separated: The screw conveyor consists of a number of sections (loading, intermediate and unloading). The motor and gear reducer are mounted. E) Incomplete screw conveyor in more sections: The screw conveyor consists of a number of sections (loading, intermediate and unloading). The gear reducer is mounted without the electric motor (the customer will have to purchase and fit the electric motor). F) Complete screw conveyor in more sections: The screw conveyor consists of a number of sections (loading, intermediate and unloading). In this case the electric motor and gear reducer are disassembled.

17 SSC 09.16 4.0 INFORMATION REGARDING HANDLING 2 AND TRANSPORT CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

The type of packaging is selected according to the type of equipment supplied, the transport means used, the quantity of goods shipped and the destination. To facilitate shipment, the screw conveyor can be divided into several packages that are suitably protected. An “assembly kit” containing the nuts and bolts and gaskets necessary for a correct assembly is supplied with the screw conveyor. The mobile sections of the screw conveyor are secured by means of blockers which have to be removed during pre-assembly. The packages can be loaded separately on the vehicle or fixed to a pallet, properly protected, or inside a container for shipment to a far destination or for sea or air transportation. The signs for safe lifting and handling are shown on all the packages. The list provides the description and symbols envisaged on the packing.

A) Fragile: indicates that the package has to be handled and lifted carefully to avoid damage.

B) Centre of gravity: indicates the position of the gravity centre of the package.

C) Harness: indicates the correct harness position for lifting the package.

D) Stacking limit: indicates the maximum stacking load of the packages.

E) Weight: indicates the maximum weight of the package.

The packaging material has to be disposed off or recycled in compliance with the standards in force.

18 SSC 09.16 4.0 INFORMATION REGARDING HANDLING 2 AND TRANSPORT CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

The illustration shows the type of packing mostly used for shipping to far destinations, by sea or air.

4.2 Reception of goods

On receiving the goods, ensure that the type and quantity correspond to the data present on the acknowledge- ment of order. Possible damage has to be immediately communicated in writing in the space provided to this purpose in the waybill. The carrier is obliged to accept the complaint and leave the Customer a copy of the waybill. If the supply is “free destination” a copy of the waybill and of the complaint shall be sent to the Manufacturer or to the forwarder. If the damages are not claimed immediately on receipt of the goods, your request for compensation may not be accepted.

4.3 Lifting and unloading methods

Danger - Warning Carry out the lifting and handling operations according to the information indicated on the equipment and in the Manufacturer’s Operation Manual. The person authorized for unloading operations has to make sure all the necessary measures are adopted to ensure his or her safety and the safety of other persons directly involved. Use means and accessories (ropes, hooks, shackles etc.) suitable for the load to be lifted. Pay attention in the lifting phase to balance the load to avoid uncontrolled movements which could cause work injuries to persons. Do not stack the packages as they are not sized for that purpose. Do not drag or push the entire or sections of the equipment as it will damage them. Before lifting and handling the load, read the relevant information indicated in the “Information regarding safety” Chapter.

19 SSC 09.16 4.0 INFORMATION REGARDING HANDLING 2 AND TRANSPORT CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Harness the package according to the indications and symbols applied on it or harness the sections of the equipment concerned on the basis of its structure. The illustration shows the screw conveyor lifting points according to the configurations envisaged and the lifting points of the motor and gear reducer when they are supplied separately.

Unload the packages from the transport vehicle and place them on a flat surface which can ensure the stability.

20 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

5.1 Recommendations for installation

Danger - Warning The installation operations have to be carried out by a technician specialized in such activities. Provide appropriate safety measures and use suitable equipment to prevent risk of work accident to persons involved in the operations and to those nearby. Harness and handle the sections of the equipment concerned as described and shown in the “Unload- ing and lifting method” paragraph.

Before starting the installation phase, define a safety plan which complies with the laws in force regarding workplace safety. The specialist technician, authorized by the installer or owner, must assess whether the area has been prepared correctly and whether the necessary installation equipment is available (crane, etc.). Define, on the basis of the configuration of the equipment concerned, the assembly method, whether the gear reducer and electric motor require preassembly or whether the sections are to be preassembled (inlet, intermediate, outlet). Check, and if damaged, repair the coupling surfaces. Clean the coupling surfaces thoroughly.

5.2 Preassembling the electric motor

Danger - Warning Before carrying out the operations, read the safety prescriptions and the safety recommendations for installation. Proceed as described. 1) Place the screw conveyor, if supplied in a single section, or the section of the screw conveyor with L M G H the gear reducer installed, in a horizontal position. 2) Place the motor (C) near the gear reducer connection flange. 3) Lubricate the shaft (E) of the electric motor and the seat (F) of the gear reducer with the prescribed lubricant (see “Table of lubricants and sealants”). 4) Apply the prescribed sealant (see “Table of lubricants and sealants”) on the coupling surfaces (G and H). C E F 5) Fit the motor on the gear reducer.

21 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Important

Do not force the coupling and do not use improper means as this will damage the coupling and the contact surfaces.

7) Insert bolts (L) and washers (M) in all the bores provided in the connecting flange. L M G H 8) Tighten the bolts (L) by applying the indicated tightening torque (see “Nuts and bolts tightening torques Table”).

C E F

22 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

5.3 Preassembling the gear reducer

Danger - Warning Before carrying out the operations, read the safety prescriptions and the safety recommendations for transport, handling and installation.

M N E F

G H

Proceed as described. 1) Place the screw conveyor or its section prearranged for motor fitting on wooden joists positioned on the ground in a horizontal position; prevent a possible rotation of the trough by using wooden wedge. 2) Remove the cover chunk (A) above the coupling by unscrewing the appropriate screws (B).

23 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Danger - Warning Removing the retainers will release the screw or auger which might come lose from the external tube and cause serious injury to the operator concerned or those directly involved in the operations.

3) Remove the auger stopper (C), by unscrewing the fixing screws (D). 4) Clean the connection flanges (E) and (F). 5) Position the gear reducer (G) close to the connection flange that corresponds to the auger section. 6) Fasten the gear reducer (G) using the bolts (H) provided with the fastening kit to the trough section, making sure to interpose a liquid silicon seal. 7) Bring the auger close to the drive unit shaft, taking into consideration the proper centring (E) and (F).

Important

Do not force the coupling and do not use improper means as this will damage the coupling and the contact surfaces.

8) Insert the screws (M) and the washers (N) inside the bores provided in the connection flange. 9) Tighten the screw (M) using the tightening torque indicated in the annexed table. 10) Reassemble the cover (A) using the appropriate bolts previously taken off. 11) Install the electric motor (see “Preassembling the electric motor” section).

5.4 Complete assembly of screw conveyor

Danger - Warning Before carrying out the operations, read the safety prescriptions and the safety recommendations for installation, handling and transport. Harness the components as described in the “Lifting and unloading method” Chapter.

When the screw conveyor is supplied complete (in a single section) it can be installed directly in the plant. If the screw conveyor is supplied in a number of sections, these must be assembled to form the complete screw conveyor before installing it in the plant. Check if the gear reducer and the motor are to be preassembled (see “Preassembling gear reducer” and/or “Preassembling the electric motor”).

24 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

D M N E F

C G H

Delivery: The screw conveyors are delivered as a single piece up to 3 – 3.5 m length. In case of longer screw conveyors, they are supplied as separate modules made up of: troughs – in equal length pieces as standard troughs, auger sections – the first flanged section + intermediate sections + the final section (the one with a rounded extremity). The auger sections are not painted. Assembling: Remove the package of the gear reducer. Remove all accessories used for protection or fixing during shipping (as iron-wire, wooded wedges etc.) Flanging the trough: Before starting the assembling operations make sure the serial number matches each section. Place liquid silicon inside the intermediate joints. Align the trough and flange it with the threaded fasteners supplied. Make sure the trough is straightly fastened. As concerns the assembling phase of the auger, proceed as follows: A) Remove the covers of each auger section. B) Unscrew the connection screws of the first section of the auger containing the drive unit (see instruction at page 23). C) Extract from the trough all sections of the auger that will form the screw. D) Proceed to the welding of the auger (see instruction at page 26).

25 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

WELDING OF THE AUGER The auger can be welded either inside or outside the trough. In the first case it is necessary to protect the trough liner from the spatter using a metal sheet or a wet cloth. In the second case the welding operation must be carried out on an even surface. Furthermore, one must provide suitable hoisting equipment to lift the entire auger flexion-free and to insert it into the trough. Tools required: Welding set (arc or continuous: 200-300 A); small grinding-machine.

• • 3

• 2 1

A) Align the auger sections so as to form a complete continuous screw. Start with the first auger section, then the various intermediate sections in no specific order and, finally, the last section with the rounded auger end. B) Position the two sections to be joined so as they touch each other and they form a continuous auger. C) Mount the supplied tool as indicated in the figure (tool with attached instructions can be found inside the drive trough section). Fix the two auger sections and tighten the rods firmly.

•

2 • 1 •

Positioning tool

26 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

D) Weld the auger to the joints. For carbon steel welding it is recommended to use materials and procedures in compliance with the following welding standards in order to obtain good quality welds. Using coated electrodes: UNI 5132 Standard E 6013 DIN1913 Standard E43 22 R3 SO 2560 Standard E 43 2R 25 Use maximum diameter of 3.25 mm Avoid vertically descending procedure Using MAG procedure with continuous wire: AWS A 5.18 Standard ER 70 S 6 DIN 8559 Standard SG 2 Use inert gas: 16% carbon dioxide, 84% Argon. For SS 304 steel welding it is recommended to use materials and procedures in compliance with the following welding standards in order to obtain satisfactory welds: Using coated electrodes: UNI 8098 Standard EX 19 9 9 L - 2 SB 6 AWS A 5.4 Standard E 308 L -16 DIN 8556 Standard E 19 9 nC R 26 Use maximum diameter of 3.25 mm Avoid vertically descending procedure Using MAG procedure with continuous wire: AWS A 5.9 Standard ER 30870 SL Si DIN 8556 Standard X 2 Cr Ni 19 - 9 Use inert gas: 2% carbon dioxide, 98% Argon.

2 •

1 • • Positioning tool

E) Grind flaws on the auger surface. F) Repeat operation at each intermediate joint. G) Cut the last auger section to the proper size at the opposite side of the rounded auger end and provide bevel for welding. Ensure the total length of the auger is 50 mm less than total trough length. For the phase that follows the welding of the augers, proceed as follows: A) Make sure the number on the plates of each trough matches each other. B) Place in sequence the troughs by checking the number of the plate section. C) Proceed to the assembling of the troughs and interpose a silicon gasket between each segment. D) Check and verify the alignment of the assembled troughs. E) Proceed to the lifting* of the auger welded on-site, in order to insert it inside the trough or the series of troughs. *NOTE: The lifting of the auger can be carried out by using a cylindrical beam (tube).

27 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Once the beam was inserted into the auger, it has to be lifted using ropes tied to a hoist by taking into consideration the centre of gravity of the system (auger + beam). Afterwards the beam has to be slipped off from the auger by dissembling the support at the opposite side of the drive unit. FINAL ASSEMBLY A) If welded outside the trough, lift the auger straight and insert it in the trough. B) Connect the gear reducer to the auger connection flange in a correct manner paying particular attention to correct centring. C) Carry out 1 to 2 minutes test run wetting the trough liner with some water. Prior to lifting the entirely preassembled screw conveyor auger from the ground, tighten all connecting nuts and bolts, as well as the trough cover bolts. During installation and all maintenance operations use only certified tools and hoisting equipment in compliance with safety regulations. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Connections to the mains must be carried out by an electrician or other qualified personnel.

Danger - Warning Prior to any action disconnect from mains supply! Before connection, ensure the plate and voltage supply match. Pay attention to safety regulations. GENERAL PRECAUTIONS Never insert the hands inside running screw conveyor! Never open the inspection hatches or trough covers before having disconnected the screw conveyor from mains supply. COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE - Check if foreign substances or water have entered the screw conveyor housing. If so, remove the trough cover and clean. Afterwards, replace cover. - The maximum admissible flexion of the auger depends on different factors (diameter, length, rotation speed etc.). It is therefore difficult to supply precise values. - It is allowed a maximum deviation of the screw conveyor long axis of about 1.5 mm per 3 m in length. - If the screw conveyor has been supplied without inlet and outlet spout because the customer will assemble them, it is necessary to check (especially after the welding operations) whether the trough end flanges are still aligned to the screw conveyor axis. With minor deflection shim. If deflection is greater contact the after sales service. - Check direction of rotation (counter-clockwise if seen from inlet). lf wrong, reverse wiring in junction box of the electric motor. - Ensure the gear reducer unit is filled with oil. Before feeding in material, run the screw conveyor on empty and let it run for about two minutes. If everything is fine, add material and proceed with normal operation. OPERATION - According to the type of plant, operation is controlled either by a remote control panel in the main control room or by a local starter. - These screw conveyors are suitable for conveying but not for feeding the material. In the latter case contact after sales service before commissioning the unit. - The life of the screw conveyor will be increased by shutting off the inlet and by emptying the screw conveyor at the end of each working day. - This is particularly important if the material conveyed tends to harden or become sticky if not handled for a while. 28 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

ASSEMBLY - DISMANTLING FASTENING The fastening of inlets and outlets can be carried out in different ways. However the method, ensure that: - is sufficiently robust with rigid connection; - it causes no deformation of the screw conveyor; - it prevents a person from inserting the hands inside the screw conveyor (e.g. by means of safety grids); If due to application problems installing a protection grid is not possible, provide for limit switch systems that cut the mains supply immediately when necessary; - it has to ensure the screw conveyor is fed with no shocks nor excessive loads; For screw conveyors with two or more inlets: keep the unused inlet closed to prevent the entering of rain water. Screw conveyors have to be supported firmly and symmetrically in minimum two points per section, either by means of a base support or trough foot. Screw conveyors which are longer than a certain inlet-outlet length (see catalogue) are divided by flanges so that they can be shipped by normal means. Avoid any kind of vibration. For screw conveyors with one or more inspection hatches it is necessary: - to equip them with locking bolts and nuts or - to provide for a device compliant to the EN1088 standard that stops the screw conveyor in case of opening or removal of the inspection hatch. All inspection doors and hatches are equipped with devices that can only be unlocked using a key as required by the Standard 98/37/EEC and subsequent amendments. Before starting up the equipment, it is mandatory to close the hatches by reinserting the screws supplied in their original position, to avoid accidental opening. It is up to the plant manufacturer/fitter to provide for the fitting of electromagnetic safety devices: in this case, the devices must be such that the screw conveyor stops instantaneously as soon as the hatch opens. N.B.: The optional grid beneath the standard inspection hatch cover cannot be considered a “safety component”. lt only prevents foreign bodies from entering through the open inspection hatch of the screw conveyor. Before assembly, ensure the serial numbers on each tube section match. Prior to assembly of the pipe sections fit the flange gaskets.

29 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

DISMANTLING Prior to dismantling of the drive unit or the end bearing from the screw conveyor, the auger must be secured against sliding out of the trough housing. First open the inspection hatch beneath the inlet spout. Introduce a wooden plank into the opening and restrain. Only now drive unit or end bearing may be removed.

Danger - Warning Before opening the inspection hatch ensure mains supply to electric motor is disconnected.

MAINTENANCE Failure to follow the maintenance instructions can cause problems and invalidate the warranty. Every day, after finishing work, empty the screw conveyor. Once a week, check if the outlet is free of encrustations. If so, clean in order to avoid blockages. Every two years, it is recommended to replace the end bearing seals. Every three years, replace the trough liner (if worn). The frequency of lubrication and replacement of parts depends on the application and the material conveyed. In fact, screw conveyors can come with different bearings, seals and liners. The procedure of parts replacement, however, is always the same.

Danger - Warning Before any operation disconnect from mains supply!

30 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

5.5 Installation and fixing of the equipment

- Lifting the screw conveyor

Danger - Warning Carry out the lifting and handling operations according to the information shown on the equipment and in the Manufacturer's Operation Manual. The specialist technician authorized for carrying out the installation must make sure all the necessary measures are adopted to ensure his own safety and that of other persons directly involved. The laws regarding workplace safety must be strictly followed. Use means and accessories (ropes, hooks, etc.) suitable for the load to be lifted. Pay attention in the lifting phase to balance the load to avoid uncontrolled movements which could cause accident to persons.

For positioning the screw conveyor use at least two lifting means. On the basis of the screw conveyor configuration, use suitable eyebolts for lifting. The illustration shows the types of harness depending on the screw conveyor configuration.

31 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Prepare the installation area of the equipment. The equipment it is already completely assembled, therefore it just has to be positioned and mounted. The fastening must be steady and safe. In case of support systems, hooking and/or connection systems in charge of the user, the installation shall be performed according to the applicable safety regulations. In case of ground installation or installation inside a plant of the screw conveyors, the fastening must be steady and safe and according to the safety regulations. 500-1000 mm

ANCHORING POSITION IN FOUNDATION

Important

After carrying out the installation, check if there are misalignments and deviations to be corrected. A maximum deviation of the screw conveyor of 1.5 mm for every 3 m length is allowed in relation to the longitudinal axis.

32 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

5.6 Electrical connection

Danger - Warning The equipment is not provided with an electrical system. Connection to the mains has to be carried out by an electrician. Provide mains supply to the equipment concerned according to the compliant current legislation and take into consideration the safety measures required by the installation environment and the envisaged operating conditions. Before carrying out the connection ensure that the mains voltage and frequency correspond to those indicated on the electric motor rating plate. Disconnect from the mains before carrying out any work and use suitable devices so that there cannot be an accidental reconnection.

Use electric cables having cross section appropriate to the power absorption of the motor of the equipment concerned. The type of motor connection depends on the voltage value available to be applied; please, refer to the wiring diagram provided for each motor.

The illustration shows the wiring diagrams of the motors envisaged.

MOTORS WITH SINGLE POLARITY Delta connection Star connection

W2 U2 V2 W2 U2 V2

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

R S T R S T Lower voltage Higher voltage MOTORS WITH DOUBLE POLARITY Dahalander single winding - single voltage

U1 V1 W1 U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1 U2 V2 W2

R S T R S T Higher speed UN43-0014CG Lower speed

The installer will have to provide to interfacing the equipment with the necessary controls: start/stop, emergency stop, reset after an emergency stop, in compliance with the regulatory standards in force.

Important The IE2 motors referred to within the EC640/2009 Directive if used within the European Economic Area have to be exclusively powered by means of an inverter under the sole responsibility of the purchaser. In the testing phase, ensure the motor rotation corresponds to the direction of rotation indicated by the arrow applied on the motor. If the rotation is inverse, invert the cable connections in the junction box.

33 SSC 09.16 2 5.0 INSTALLATION AND FIXING CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Disconnect the mains before each intervention and use suitable devices to prevent an accidental reconnection of the equipment. Ensure that the protection devices are present and working each time the equipment is started up. During these checkings make sure the rotation of the screw conveyor cannot damage the personnel or the equipment. The installer must connect the equipment to the earthing system of the plant.

5.7 Inspection

Important

After installation is complete, authorized personnel must carry out a general test to make sure the safety conditions have been completely satisfied.

The authorized personnel must also check: - that the linearity error of the screw conveyor remains within the values indicated (see “Preassemblig the screw conveyor” paragraph); - that no tools or other material have been forgotten inside the screw conveyor, - that the fixing screws have been tightened using the prescribed torque; - the level of oil in the drive unit is correct. Before starting to operate the screw conveyor: - Ensure the plant in which the screw conveyor is installed complies to Directive 2006/42/EC and the relevant directives, the safety standards in force and those specifically applicable. - Make sure the inlet and outlet spouts of the screw conveyor are connected to the final equipment or plant in order to prevent access to hazardous areas. - Ensure the inspection hatches are closed with the screws supplied inserted in their original position. - Ensure the operating conditions were met. Run the equipment on empty to ensure that the direction of rotation of the screw or auger is correct; if it is reversed comparing to what indicated on the motor plate, stop the screw conveyor and consult the “Electrical connection” paragraph. Operate the screw conveyor for about 5/10 minutes to ensure its correct working. In the presence of: - unusual noise; - excessive vibrations; - overheating of bearings; - overheating of the motor and/or drive unit; - friction of the screw or auger against the inner walls of the tube, stop the screw conveyor and remove the cause of the malfunctioning.

34 SSC 09.16 2 6.0 INFORMATION REGARDING USE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

6.1 Production Start-up

Before starting up the screw conveyor the operator in charge and authorized for the production must ensure the safety devices installed are present, in working order and that the operating conditions are followed (doors closed, inlet and outlet spouts connected correctly or protected,etc.). Start up the screw conveyor on empty and feed product gradually to reach the required production.

Important

In case of excessive noise, strong vibrations, etc. shut down the screw conveyor and report the problem to the person in charge authorized to restore the correct working. Do not use the screw conveyor if faulty.

6.2 Equipment shutdown at the end of the work cycle

Empty the screw conveyor of the material contained inside to prevent it from hardening before stopping the screw conveyor. Deactivate the electric power supply of the screw conveyor from the control panel of the plant or equipment in which it is installed. To restart the screw conveyor, consult the “Production Start-up” paragraph.

6.3 Long shutdowns of the equipment

When the screw conveyor remains unused for long periods, proceed as described below. 1) Empty the screw conveyor of the product it contains to prevent it from hardening. 2) Clean the screw conveyor (see “Cleaning the screw conveyor”). 3) Grease the equipment. 4) Repair the damaged or worn mechanical elements. 5) Disconnect from the mains.

35 SSC 09.16 2 6.0 INFORMATION REGARDING USE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

6.4 Reuse after long shut-downs

Important

If the equipment is to be used in different conditions and with materials other than the previous application, ensure the “Permitted use” indications are complied with.

Before reusing the screw conveyor after a long shutdown, proceed as described below. 1) Check the main nuts and bolts to make sure they are tightened properly. 2) Check all oil levels. 3) Start up the equipment (see “Production Start-up”).

36 SSC 09.16 2 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Danger - Warning Before carrying out any maintenance activity, enable all safety devices to ensure the safety of the persons involved in the operations and those nearby. Set the equipment concerned in safety condition. Wear suitable personal protection equipment; in this regard, consult the person in charge of safety of production activities.

- Scheduled maintenance Table

Every Every Every Component Operation to be carried out Daily six Weekly month two months years Safety devices Performance checking • Inspection hatches Checking the condition • End bearings Checking the seal • Gear reducer Checking the seal • Gear reducer Checking the temperature • Gear reducer Checking oil level • End bearings Checking overheating • Chain transmission Transmission tensioning • Greasing devices Checking the condition • Safety and information signs Checking the condition and legibility • Gear reducer Changing oil * XSV – XSR end bearing Lubrication • XUC…..N shaft sealing Lubrication • XUC….N shaft sealing Adjustment • Chain transmission Lubrication • Flexible coupling Lubrication • Chain transmission and Adjustment • flexible coupling

* Change the oil the first time after the first 500 hours of service. Subsequently change the oil after 2500 hours.

37 SSC 09.16 2 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

7.1 Cleaning the equipment (the machine)

Clean the outside part of the equipment (the machine) using a vacuum cleaner to prevent dispersal of dust in the environment and in the surrounding area; or use a moist cloth. Do not use compressed air. Wash the equipment (the machine), after vacuuming the dust, with a low-pressure water jet.

7.2 Gear reducer lubrication

The WAM S4_series gear reducers are filled with oil and are provided with level, drainage and venting plugs.

- Checking the oil level Proceed as described. 1) Check the correct level of oil in the gear reducer through B the level indicator (A). The oil must reach the line in the middle of the indicator. 2) If necessary, add oil through the bore in the filler plug (B) to the correct level.

Important

Before adding the oil, wipe the filler plug and the inlet area carefully to prevent contamination of the lubricant. Add the same oil type of oil as the one contained (see “Lubricants Table”).

After topping up, change the sealing washer and screw on the filler cap (B); apply the prescribed torque, indicated in the “Tightening torques Table”.

38 SSC 09.16 2 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

7.3 Changing the oil

Important

Do not dump used oil in the environment but dispose it off in accordance with the laws in force regarding the matter. Proceed as described.

1) Place a container of adequate capacity under the drainage B plug (C). 2) First remove the filler plug (B) then the drainage plug (C). 3) Drain out the oil completely from the drive unit. 4) Screw the drainage cap (C) with the prescribed torque, see “Tightening torques Table”, taking care to replace the sealing washer.

Important

Before adding the oil, wipe the filler plug and the inlet area carefully to prevent contamination of the lubricant. For the features of the oil, see the “Lubricants Table”.

5) Fill oil through the bore in the filler plug (B). The oil must reach the line in the middle of the level indicator (A). 6) Replace the sealing washer and screw the filler cap (B) with the prescribed torque (see “Tightening torques Table”).

39 SSC 09.16 2 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

7.4 Lubrication of the chain transmission

Adequate and correct lubrications is essential in order to obtain the expected performance of the chain. To avoid a fast wear of the moving components, a layer of lubricant it is required so that attrition due to the iron/ iron contact during the functioning of the system is reduced to minimum. A good result can be reached by using good quality mineral oils, with no corrosive substances and the features adapted to work conditions. Regarding particularly the viscosity level of the oil to be employed, please check the attached table. As an option, grease having suitable characteristics can be employed. (See the lubrication chart)

Danger - Warning Before any operation, the set the screw conveyor in safety conditions (check “Glossary and terminology”); operate according to the indication in the “Use and maintenance” manual, in compliance with the applicable health and safety regulations and prevention of work injuries.

In case the system is provided with an engine block prearranged for drop lubrication, use the appropriate greaser. If the engine block weren’t prearranged with the above-mentioned system (drop lubrication) the lubrication should be done manually using a brush. In order to perform manual lubrication, proceed as follows: - take off the guard (fig.1), - cover the internal part of the chain rings with lubricant oil or grease using a brush, - fit back the guard and fix it with all fastening screws it has been provided with. The frequency of lubrication operations depends on the kind of application the screw conveyor is used for; it is extremely important that the chain should always stay lubricated. In case of manual lubrication, the operation shall be repeated twice or three times a week.

Fig. 1

40 SSC 09.16 2 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

7.5 Transmission tensioning

After the initial start, the chain is subjected to an initial lengthening which depends on the weight, the chains length and several other factors. The duration of this stage cannot be estimated exactly. It is possible that after a short running in period, the chain could be in need of re-tensioned, which requests regular controls to be performed. Other adjustments will be done according to the necessities, based on the lengthening of the chain while functioning.

A correct tensioning consists of tensioning one side of the chain, checking that the deflection angle of the unstressed side of the chain equals +/- 2% of the distance between centres (to this purpose see the annexed fig. 2).

In order to perform the adjustment of the transmission chain, proceed as follows: - take off the guard (fig.2) - loosen the fixing bolts 1( ) of the structure reduction (Fig. 2)

Fig. 2

- loosen the fixing bolt 2( ) of the axis adjustment brackets of the structure (Fig.3 )

Fig. 3

41 SSC 09.16 2 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

- adjust the chain tensioning and tighten the bolts (Fig.4) according to the provided tighten torque. The tensioning necessary in order to re- duce the clearance of the chain shall be considered correct if its free segment does not bend but it can be manually sagged for a value equal to +/- 2% of the distance between centres length (Deflec- tion angle as indicated on Fig.5).

Fig. 4

Deflection

Fig. 5

Once concluded the transmission tensioning operation, proceed to assemble again the structure, performing the operations described above in reversed order.

42 SSC 09.16 2 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

7.6 XSV - XSR - XUC _ _ _ N - XUJ lubrication

Is possible to have one or more greasing nipple according to the type of end bearing and type of sealing. XSV end bearing n°2 bearing greasing nipples ref. A XSR end bearing n°1 bearing greasing nipple ref. A XUC_ _ _ N sealing n°1 flushed seal greasing nipple ref.B (only for SVS model) XUJ sealing n°1 flushed seal greasing nipple ref. B (only for SVS model)

END BEARING ref. A Lubricate approximately each 200 hours and replace the grease each 7500 hours approximately (see lubricants table).

FLUSHED SEAL ref. B In case of bearing replacing, a complete flanged support is provided as spare part. The greasing shall be done each time the equipment it is started or periodically, relatively each 8 hours (see lubricants table).

The nipples position placed outside of the transmission housing, depends on the housing orientation and also on the screw conveyor type.

B B

A A

XSR END BEARING (PROVIDE XSV END BEARING (PROVID- WITH XUJ SEAL) ED WITH XUC_ _ _N SEAL)

43 SSC 09.16 2 7.0 INFORMATION REGARDING MAINTENANCE CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

1) Chain transmission: 2) Coupling transmission: - 2 external nipples in case of XSV - 1 external nipple in case of XUC _ _ _ N - 1 external nipple in case of XSR - 1 external nipple in case of XUJ - 1 external nipple in case of XUC _ _ _ N - to lubricate the flexible coupling is necessary to - 1 external nipple in case of XUJ open the housing and remove the protection element of the coupling. - to lubricate the chain is necessary to open the housing. - to lubricate the XSV or XSR bearings is necessary to open the transmission housing and carry out the greasing through the nipples fitted on the XSV or XSR housings.

Lubrication Lubrication nipple nipple

COUPLING TRANSMISSION

Lubrication Lubrication nipple Lubrication nipple nipple

Lubrication Lubrication nipple nipple

CHAIN TRANSMISSION

44 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

8.1 Safety recommendations for replacement

Danger - Warning The replacement operations must be carried out by a specialist authorized technician with specific skills in the sector concerned (mechanical, electrical etc). Before carrying out any operation, provide suitable safety measures and use the appropriate equipment to prevent risk of work injuries to persons involved in the operations and those nearby. Activate all safety devices envisaged and prevent access to controls which, if activated, could cause work injuries to the persons involved in the operations.

8.2 Replacing the electric motor

Replace the electric motor with a new one having the same structural and functional features. If the motor is supplied by the Manufacturer, ask for original spare parts to ensure the safety and functionality of the screw conveyor.

Disassembly

Danger - Warning Set the screw conveyor in safety condition (see glossary and terminology). Harness the electric motor appropriately and use suitable lifting means.

Proceed as described. 1) Open the terminal board and disconnect the elec- L M G H tricity connection cables from the motor terminals. 2) Harness the motor safely in so as to avoid dangerous oscillations. 3) Slacken the fastening screws (L) of the motor (C) with the gear reducer (D). 4) Dismantle the motor from the gear reducer using a

moderate decoupling force (do not use screwdriv- C E F ers or levers as it can damage the flanges).

45 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Assembly Proceed as described. L M G H 1) Wipe the coupling surfaces of the new motor and gear reducer thoroughly. 2) Lubricate the shaft (E) of the electric motor and the related seat (F) of the gear reducer with the prescribed lubricant (see “Table of lubricants and sealants”).

3) Apply the prescribed sealant (see “Table of lubri- C E F cants and sealants”) on the coupling surfaces (G and H). 4) Fit the motor on the gear reducer. D

Important

Do not force the coupling and do not use improper means as this will damage the coupling and the contact surfaces.

5) Insert the screws (L) and washers (M) in all the bores provided in the connection flange. 6) Tighten the screws (L) by applying the indicated tightening torque (see “Nuts and bolts tightening torques Table”). 7) Make the electrical connection and, on start-up, check the screw conveyor or auger rotates in the correct direction (see “Electrical connection”).

46 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

8.3 Replacing the gear reducer

Dismantling of the drive unit at inlet

Danger - Warning Set the screw conveyor in safety condition (see “Glossary and Terminology”). Harness the electric motor appropriately and use suitable lifting means. In case the screw is inclined, make sure the internal spiral connected to the drive unit cannot slip off from the trough and cause injuries to persons or damages to things (maintenance operators).

See assembling instructions and picture at page 23 and proceed in reversed order.

Re-assembling of the drive unit at inlet See assembling instructions and picture at page 23.

Dismantling of the drive unit at the outlet

Danger - Warning Before dismantling the gear reducer, block the internal spiral through the outlet spout, using adequate external means to prevent it from harming the persons directly involved in the operations.

See assembling instructions and picture at page 23 and proceed in reversed order.

Re-assembling of the drive unit at the outlet See assembling instructions and picture at page 23.

47 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

8.4 XUC seal replacing and adjustment

Danger - Warning Set the equipment concerned in safety condition (see glossary and terminology).

XUC seal replacing - in reference to the drawing, perform the following operations: 1) Unscrew the nuts ref. 2 2) Unscrew the bolts ref. 1 3) Open the packing gland flange ref. 4 4) Replace the packing ref. 3 5) Assemble the flange ref. 4 on the packing using bolts ref. 1 6) Adjust the packing using the bolts ref. 2. XUC seal adjustment: in order to perform a correct seal adjustment, rotate the two nuts (2) to the same angle - about half a turn - to obtain an uniform pressure on the two seal sides.

48 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

8.5 Replacing the bottom covering, only for SSC

Replacement of trough liner (only for SSC) - Disconnect the motor from the mains - Remove the side panels

- Extract the auger from the trough

NOTE: over a certain weight limit, > 40Kg, use a suitable lifting device.

- Remove the silicone from contact zone between trough and liner edge. - Remove the liner by leverage between liner and trough

- Clean thoroughly the trough - Insert the new liner in the trough

49 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

- Push the liner down until it adheres perfectly to the trough bottom. - Block the liner by mounting the side channels.

If due to the elasticity of the material the spare liner is slightly wider despite the fact that it has been cut and rolled on numerically controlled machines as the original liner, make adjustments using a small grinding-machine. However, be reminded that a certain interference with the side panels is necessary. After the liner has been inserted in all trough sections, apply silicone between liner and trough, as well as between the single sections of the liner in order to prevent water and material infiltrations between liner and trough.

- Fit back the screw into the trough. - Start the screw conveyor and let it run for a few seconds; moist the inside of the trough it with some water. - Reassemble the trough covers. - The screw conveyor is now ready for operation.

50 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Replacing the trough liner

1) Disconnect the electric motor from mains. Slacken screws on trough side.

2) Extract the screw from the trough.

NOTE: Over a certain weight limit, > 40Kg, use a suitable lifting device.

3) Remove the liner by leverage between liner and trough.

4) Clean thoroughly the trough. Insert the new liner in the trough.

5) Push the liner down until it adheres perfectly to the trough bottom.

6) Fit the liner.

51 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

7) Block the liner with the fixing bolts.

8) After the liner has been inserted in all trough sections, apply silicone between liner and trough, as well as between the single sections of the liner to avoid water and material infiltration between liner and trough.

9) Fit back the auger in the trough. 10) Start the screw conveyor and let it run for a few seconds wetting the inside of the trough it with a little water. 11) Reassemble the trough covers. 12) The screw conveyor is now ready for operation.

52 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12 8.6 Replacement of the screw or spiral and replacement of the plates VECHI

8.6 Replacing the screw or auger and the plates

To replace the screw conveyor or its auger or one of its sections (inlet, intermediate, outlet), the screw conveyor must be disassembled from the plant or from the equipment in which it is installed and the work must be carried out on the ground.

Danger - Warning Replace the screw conveyor or auger according to the information in the Manufacturer's Operation Manual. The specialist technician authorized for replacement operations must ensure all the necessary measures are adopted to ensure his own safety and that of other persons directly involved. The laws regarding workplace safety must be strictly followed. Use means and accessories (crane, ropes, hooks, etc.) suitable for the load to be lifted. Pay attention in the lifting phase to balance the load to avoid uncontrolled movements which could cause accident to persons.

Disassembling the screw conveyor from the plant

Danger - Warning Set the equipment concerned in safety condition (see glossary and terminology).

Proceed as follows: Disconnect the electric power supply cable from the terminal board of the electric motor. Harness the screw conveyor on the basis of its configuration (see “Lifting method”). Remove the inlet and outlet spouts from the plant or equipment. Lift and place the screw conveyor on the ground on a level surface to ensure stability.

53 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

REPLACING THE AUGER

1) Disconnect the motor from the mains. Remove the covers. Unscrew the two bolts locking the auger to the drive flange, by using a special elbow wrench.

2) Remove the auger from the trough. NOTE: Over a certain weight limit, > 40Kg, use a suitable lifting device.

Danger - Warning Provide adequate safety measures to prevent risk of accident caused by accidental movement of the screw conveyor or auger. Harness the screw conveyor appropriately and use suitable lifting means.

Assembling the screw conveyor or auger consisting of one piece

Important

Before carrying out the assembly, check the length of the new spare auger; its length must equal the length of the auger to be replaced +/- 1 mm.

Disassembling the screw conveyor or auger consisting of a number of sections The technician authorized for carrying out the replacement must assess whether it is economical to replace the drive unit or the flanged head.

Danger - Warning Set the screw conveyor in safety condition (see glossary and terminology). Harness the screw conveyor or auger appropriately and use suitable lifting means.

54 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

3) Fit the replaced auger inside the trough. 4) Align the two flanges ensuring that no material is trapped in between. 5) Tighten the fixing screws.

8.7 Replacing the bolted / welded plates and the trough

1) Disconnect the motor from the mains. Unscrew the bolts on the side of the trough.

2) Remove the auger as described in the auger replacing related section. NOTE: over a certain weight limit, > 40Kg, use a suitable lifting device.

3) Remove the plates. 4) Fit the new sliding plates. 5) Insert back the fixing screws. 6) Grease the plates. 7) Reinstall the auger as described in the auger replacing related section. As regards the welded plates proceed as follow: - remove the fillet welds using the appropriate tool (grinding disk); - clean out from the trough each previous welding residues (flash); - place the spare bars in the exact position of the bars previously removed; - weld the bars at the extremities of the trough using fillet welds of 50 mm length at intervals of 500 mm ( to this purpose, check the welding characteristics); - at the end of the operation, check for surface flaws on the welded elements.

55 SSC 09.16 2 8.0 REPLACEMENT OF PARTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

8.8 Replacing the external tube

Danger - Warning Replace the external tube according to the information in the Manufacturer's Operation Manual. The specialist technician authorized for replacement operations must make sure all the necessary measures are adopted to ensure his own safety and that of other persons directly involved. The laws regarding workplace safety must be strictly followed. Use means and accessories (crane, ropes, hooks, etc.) suitable for the load to be lifted. Pay attention in the lifting phase to balance the load to avoid uncontrolled movements which could cause accident to persons.

Remove the possibly damaged troughs by unscrewing the fastening bolts.

8.9 Returning the equipment (the machine)

When returning the equipment (machine) use the original packaging if it has been preserved, otherwise fix the it on a pallet and cover it with nylon shrink-wrap, to protect it as best as possible from impact during transport. In any event, make sure there is no residue material inside the equipment (machine).

8.10 Dismantling and disposal

Dismantling of the equipment (machine) must be entrusted to personnel specialized in these activities and equipped with adequate skills. Dismantle the components of the equipment (machine) concerned; if necessary contact the Manufacturer for further information. The components dismantled have to be separated on the basis of the nature of the materials of which they consist, in compliance with the laws on the matter of “differential collection and disposal of wastes”. With reference to the WEEE Directives, electrical and electronic components, marked with a special symbol, have to be disposed off in authorized collection centres meant for the purpose. Unauthorized disposal of “Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment” (WEEE) is punishable with fines gov- erned by the laws concerning the matter.

56 SSC 09.16 2 9.0 INFORMATION REGARDING FAULTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

9.1 Trouble-shooting

Minor problems can be solved without consulting a specialist. The following Table contains a list of the most common problems, the possible causes and possible remedies. For particularly difficult actions which are not mentioned in the Table, contact the Manufacturer’s Customer Service Department.

Danger - Warning Before carrying out any operation “set the equipment (machine) concerned in safety” (see “Glossary and terminology”), operate according to the indications on the “Operation and Maintenance Manual” and in accordance with and in compliance with the standards in force as regards health and safety.

FAULT POSSIBLE REASON ACTION 1) Faulty connection. 1) Check fuses; if damaged replace Motor does not start. 2) Motor faulty or network fault 2) Repair or replace faulty part 1) Wrong direction of rotation of the screw 1) Change wiring in terminal board 2) Obstruction of the screw conveyor 2) Clean the screw conveyor inside 3) Check ammeter reading and throughput rate. Should both values be too high contact 3) Excessive throughput Motor starts but stops immediately. customer service 4) Motor burnt out 4) Find out the cause (see item 3) and only then repair 5) End bearing or reducer damaged 5) Find out the cause (see item 2 - could be normal wear) and replace part 6) Outlet blocked 6) Clean outlet Motor starts but conveyor does not 1) Pinion or reducer output shaft damaged 1) Find out the cause and replace part convey any material 2) Wrong direction of rotation. 2) Change wiring in terminal board

57 SSC 09.16 2 9.0 INFORMATION REGARDING FAULTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

9.2 Check-list in case of fault

If you have been unable to solve the problem on the equipment (machine) even after having carried out the operations suggested in paragraph “Trouble-shooting” please contact the plant technician/installer/or the Manufacturer. If technical assistance is required, in addition to the equipment data, the plant technician/installer or Manufac- turer will also need information concerning the plant in which the equipment (machine) is installed, its installation and its working, for better identification of the problem that has occurred. Obviously many of the checking operations which are requested have already been performed in the various steps during installation, testing and start-up of the equipment (machine) concerned.

1) General questions a) Ask the plant operator when and under which circumstances the screw conveyor stops. Does the screw conveyor start without problems after long pause periods? b) Do weather conditions influence negatively the screw conveyor operation? c) If a valve is fitted at screw conveyor’s outlet, check if the centre line of the valve shaft is parallel to the centre line of the screw conveyor, as it should be fitted in normal circumstances. Check if the valve fully opens. Make sure the screw conveyor outlet valve is opened when the screw conveyor starts and it only closes when screw conveyor has already stopped. If necessary disconnect valve actuator in open position.

2) Electric equipment checking a) Is a drop in voltage possible through the contemporary starting of various equipments? b) Is the plant equipped with a generator? c) Check the mains of the electric motor. d) Check if the motor is correctly wired and make sure wires are tightly fastened. e) Check the adjustment of thermal cut-out in the control panel and compare with data on the motor plate. f) Check if the direction of motor rotation is correct. g) Read amperage without load, at breakaway current and when the screw conveyor is operating at full speed. h) Check if the cross section of mains cables are suitable for the drive power installed.

3) Mechanical parts checking a) Is the breather plug of gear reducer working properly?

4) Screw conveyor checking a) Are the screw conveyor parts correctly assembled? b) Does the screw conveyor bend? Add external supports. c) Check if the outlet is crust-free. Describe the outlet (e.g. vertical or angular). d) Check if the vent of the container beneath the screw conveyor outlet works properly and check if it is properly sized. e) Is the screw conveyor aligned? Check by using a rope and carry out the alignment. f) Empty the screw conveyor.

58 SSC 09.16 2 9.0 INFORMATION REGARDING FAULTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12 g) Open inspection hatches, if any. Check if the material flow is normal. h) Start the screw conveyor. Read the amperage, voltage, cycles and auger r.p.m. by running the screw conveyor on empty. Compare ammeter reading with motor rating plate data. i) Add slowly material while the screw conveyor is running and continue readings. j) Repeat the start up procedure with screw conveyor under full load and read the amperage, voltage and cycles.

5) Material checking a) Material description? b) Bulk density? (kg/dm³) c) Particle size? (µm/mm) d) Humidity? (%) e) Flowability? (make material slide down a metal plate by varying the angle from low to steep) f) Compressive material? (do you manage to make a “snowball”?) g) Abrasive material? (does ist hurt when rubbing it between your fingers?)

59 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

10.1 Shipping data

Ø150 - Ø 200 - Ø 250

A B C R V T L 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 1000 1500 max. max. max. 1500 1 2000 1 1 2500 1 1 3000 1 1 3500 1 1 4000 1 1 4500 1 1 5000 1 1 1 5500 1 1 1 6000 1 1 1 6500 1 1 1 7000 2 1 7500 2 1 8000 2 1 1 8500 2 1 1 9000 2 1 1 9500 2 1 1 10000 3 1 10500 3 1 11000 3 1 1 700 400 650 11500 3 1 1 12000 3 1 1 12500 3 1 1 13000 4 1 13500 4 1 14000 4 1 14500 4 1 1 15000 4 1 1 15500 4 1 1 16000 4 1 1 16500 5 1 17000 5 1 1 17500 5 1 1 18000 5 1 1 18500 5 1 1 19000 6 1 19500 6 1 20000 6 1 1 20500 6 1 1

60 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Ø300 - Ø 350 - Ø 400 - Ø 500 - Ø 600

A B C R V T L 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 1500 2000 max. max. max. 1500 1 2000 1 2500 1 1 3000 1 1 3500 1 1 4000 1 1 4500 1 1 5000 1 1 5500 1 1 1 6000 1 1 1 6500 1 1 1 7000 1 1 1 7500 2 1 8000 2 1 8500 2 1 1 9000 2 1 1 9500 2 1 1 10000 2 1 1 10500 3 1 11000 3 1 700 400 650 11500 3 1 1 12000 3 1 1 12500 3 1 1 13000 3 1 1 13500 4 1 14000 4 1 14500 4 1 1 15000 4 1 1 15500 4 1 1 16000 4 1 1 16500 5 1 17000 5 1 17500 5 1 1 18000 5 1 1 18500 5 1 1 19000 5 1 1 19500 6 1 20000 6 1 20500 6 1 1

61 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

10.2 Weight

L Pk Pe Pm

Pa Pb

62 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12 172 203 213 S47 50 79 70 500 172,5 186,01 115,5 110 109 S45 172 203 213 S47 40 56 66 57,5 400 179,5 134,34 110 116 109 S45 172 203 213 S47 52 38,8 45,7 350 48,5 122,6 182,62 110 116 109 S45 172 203 213 S47 46 26,7 34,3 300 31,5 85,91 149,26 110 116 109 S45 182 206 S47 31 110 109 25,4 28,2 S45 250 23,5 87,63 54,36 69 79 S43 110 109 S45 64 69 26 17 80,5 12,5 15,7 S43 200 47,76 66,594 46 46 S41 64 69 S43 / 11,5 150 11,5 46 46 23 S41 28,01 47,574 3 4 1 2 1,1 1,5 2,2 5,5 7,5 kW 0,55 0,75 D Pa Pe Pk Pb Pg Pm Pt = Pa + (Pb + Pk + Pg) + L x (Pm + Pe) Pt = Pa + (Pb Pk Pg) L With chain see table and Pg = 0 With joint see table and Pk = 0 weight (kg) Total t = P = Length (m) L 2 1 Double auger Simple auger

63 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

10.3 Dimensions

S41 - S43 Gear Reducer - B6 output

S41-S43

XUC B C F E

A D

Gear reducer Output Ø Screw A B E F B61 28 100 - 120 S41 170 68 85 127 B61 40 150 - 200 - 250 S43 B63 150 200 83 99 138

WEIGHT [kg] Motor size C D B61 B61 (28) (40) 71 160 243 27 28 80 200 259 28 29.5 S41 90 200 259 28 29.5 100 - 112 250 269 30 31.5 B63 80 200 280,5 42 90 200 280,5 42 S43 100 - 112 250 289,5 43,5 132 300 309,5 46

64 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

S45 - S47 Gear Reducer - B6 output

S45-S47

XUC B C F E

A B

Gear reducer Output Ø Screw A B E F S45 B65 / 250 106 120 174 S47 B67 / 320 124 158 218

Motor size C D WEIGHT [kg] B65 90 200 304 71 100 – 112 250 314 72 132 300 334 S45 75 160 350 364 79 180 350 364 79 B67 100 – 112 250 351 135 132 300 371 138 160 350 401 S47 142 180 350 401 142 200 400 401 147

65 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Belt transmission (“S” - Type gear reducer)

G E A C B F D

S 41 S 43

kW A B C D E F G kW A B C D E F G 0.55 518 100 618 299 240 70 240 1.1 565 113 698 346,5 240 80 247 0.75 518 100 618 315 240 70 260 1.5 565 113 698 346,5 240 80 247

S 45 S 47

kW A B C D E F G kW A B C D E F G 2.2 645 140 840 390 280 100 305 4 670 176 961 414 280 130 340 3 645 140 840 390 280 100 305 5.5 750 176 1021 440 330 130 380 7.5 750 176 1021 440 330 130 410

66 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Chain transmission (“S” - Type gear reducer)

A E B D

B D E Type A C 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600

S 41 XSV035 280 575 645 705 / / / / / 75 300 320 350 / / / / / 260 320 375 / / / / /

XSV035 280 625 695 755 820 890 940 / / 315 345 375 410 450 470 / / 260 320 375 440 510 575 / / S 43 95 XSV045 340 625 695 755 820 890 940 / / 315 345 375 410 450 470 / / 260 320 375 440 510 575 / /

XSV045 340 / / 790 855 925 990 1190 1355 / / 375 410 450 485 585 670 / / 375 440 510 575 720 885 S 45 120 XSV055 370 / / 790 855 925 990 1190 1355 / / 375 410 450 485 585 670 / / 375 440 510 575 720 885

XSV055 370 / / / 975 1045 1105 1250 1415 / / / 465 505 535 605 690 / / / 440 510 575 720 885

S 47 XSV065 420 / / / 975 1045 1105 1250 1415 140 / / / 465 505 535 605 690 / / / 440 510 575 720 885

XSV080 510 / / / / 1045 1105 1250 1415 / / / / 505 535 605 690 / / / / 510 575 720 885

67 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Coupling transmission (“S” - Type gear reducer)

A B E C D

Bearing Bearing S41 S 43 kW Ø Ø A B C D E kW Ø Ø A B C D E 0.55 150 35 330 387 260 126 134 1.1 150 35 350 466,5 260 126 134 200 35 330 387 320 169 151 200 35 350 466,5 320 169 151 0.75 150 35 330 428 260 126 134 45 423 466,5 320 169 151 200 35 330 428 320 169 151 1.5 150 35 350 491,5 260 126 134 200 35 350 491,5 320 169 151 Bearing 45 423 491,5 320 169 151 S 47 250 35 350 491,5 375 199 176 kW Ø Ø A B C D E 45 423 491,5 375 199 176 4 300 55 500 607 440 229 211 350 55 500 607 510 259 251 400 55 500 607 440 293 282 Bearing 5.5 300 55 500 710 702 229 211 350 55 500 702 510 259 251 S 45 400 55 500 702 575 293 282 kW Ø Ø A B C D E 65 550 702 575 293 282 2.2 200 45 447 570 320 169 151 500 55 500 702 720 368 352 250 45 447 570 375 199 176 65 550 702 720 368 352 300 55 473 570 440 229 211 600 55 500 702 885 453 432 3 200 45 447 570 320 169 151 7.5 300 55 500 742 440 229 211 250 45 447 570 375 199 176 350 55 500 742 510 259 251 300 55 473 570 440 229 211 400 55 500 742 575 293 282 350 55 473 570 510 259 251 65 550 742 575 293 282 400 55 473 570 575 293 282 500 55 500 742 720 368 352 4 300 55 473 570 440 229 211 65 550 742 720 368 352 350 55 473 570 510 259 251 600 55 500 742 885 453 432 400 55 473 570 575 293 282 65 550 742 885 453 432 500 55 473 570 720 368 352

68 SSC 09.16 2 10.0 TECHNICAL DATA CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Electric motor

L Lm

E ø M ø P ø R F

D KK O

UN43-0031EG

C D E F L L m* M N O Bores P Q R kW Size Code [kg] K K n° [mm] [mm] 1.1 90 S MT0900S 04145 155 24 8 27 50 248 200 165 12.5 4 130 3.5 180 25 M25x1.5 1.5 90 L MT0900L 04145 155 24 8 27 50 273 200 165 12.5 4 130 3.5 180 26 M25x1.5 2.2 100 LR MT100L R 04145 180 28 8 31 60 306 250 215 15 4 180 4 218 34 M25x1.5 3 100 LH MT100L H04145 180 28 8 31 60 306 250 215 15 4 180 4 218 35 M25x1.5 4 112 M MT1120M04145 190 28 8 31 60 334 250 215 15 4 180 4 218 44 M25x1.5 3 - 1.5 112 M MT1120M48A45 190 28 8 31 60 334 250 215 15 4 180 4 218 47 M25x1.5 5.5 132 S MT1320S 04145 210 38 10 41 80 371 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 65 M25x1.5 3.3 - 2.2 132S MT1320S 48A45 210 38 10 41 80 371 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 65 M25x1.5 7.5 132 M MT1320M04145 210 38 10 41 80 409 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 79 M25x1.5 4.4 - 3 132 M MT1320M48A45 210 38 10 41 80 409 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 79 M25x1.5 9.2 132 ML MT1320L 04145 210 38 10 41 80 409 300 265 15 4 230 4 258 87 M25x1.5 11 160 M MT1600M04245 255 42 12 45 110 485 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 118 M32x1.5 6 - 4.5 160 MA MT160MA48A45 255 42 12 45 110 485 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 118 M32x1.5 8.5 - 6 160 MB MT160MB 48A45 255 42 12 45 110 485 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 118 M32x1.5 15 160 L MT1600L 04245 255 42 12 45 110 529 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 147 M32x1.5 10 - 7.5 160 L MT1600L 48A45 255 42 12 45 110 529 350 300 19 4 250 5 300 147 M32x1.5 18.5 180 M MT1800M04245 285 48 14 51.5 110 543 350 300 19 4 250 5 340 173 M32x1.5 22.0 180 L MT1800L 04245 285 48 14 51.5 110 585 350 300 19 4 250 5 340 220 M32x1.5 15 - 10 180 L MT1800L 48A45 285 48 14 51.5 110 585 350 300 19 4 250 5 340 220 M32x1.5

- The cable glands are made of plastic. The terminal board is on the LH side of the motor (seen from guard).

* With different brands ± 50 mm tolerances are possible

69 SSC 09.16 2 A ATTACHMENTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

A1 Nuts and bolts tightening torque Table

Tightening torque [Nm] Thread diameter Resistance Class 8.8 Resistance Class 10.9 Resistance Class 12.9 M6 9.5 13 16 M8 23 32 39 M10 46 64 77 M12 80 110 135 M14 125 180 215 M16 195 275 330 M18 270 390 455 M20 385 540 650 M22 510 720 670 M24 660 930 1100 M27 980 1400 1650 M30 1350 1850 2250

Tightening torque Oil filler, drainage, venting, and level plugs in gear reducers 16 ÷ 18 [Nm] Tightening torque M16 locking screw for inspection hatches 25 ÷ 30 [Nm]

70 SSC 09.16 2 A ATTACHMENTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

A2 Lubricants and sealants Table

KLUBER-PASTE 46 MR 401 Lubricant and anti-rust paste for NILS WEGA 3 electric motor shaft and drive unit bushing FLENDER MONTAGEPASTE

LOCTITE 510 Sealant for electric motor flange and drive unit LOXEAL 59-10

VISCOL ALPEC 380 Lubricant anti-rust and anti-seizure grease for NILS MARS splined shafts and bushes EP graphite grease

End bearings / Flanged head bearings / XUC….N Lubricant / Chain transmission Grease containing mineral oil thickened with lithium soap NLGI 2 type. Satisfies the classification requisites DIN 51502 K 2K-20 Grease Brand GR – MU 2 AGIP ARALUP HL 2 ARAL ENERGREASE L 2 BP CALYPSOL 433 CALYPSOL ANDOK B ESSO MOBILUX 2 MOBIL MOBILPLEX 47 TUKAN EP 2 NILS ATOMIC RH ALVANIA 2 SHELL GLISSANDO FL20 TEXACO MULTIFAX 2

71 SSC 09.16 2 A ATTACHMENTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

A3 Drive unit lubricants Table

Oil quantity

Qty. of OIL [ l ] Assembly Size INCLINATION (α) Output with Shaft position Tail Head 0° 15° 30° 45° -15° -30° -45° B5 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,15 B51 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,15 B52 1,26 1,26 1,26 1,26 1,26 1,26 1,26 S41 Solid and hollow B53 1,00 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 V1 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 V3 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 1,50 B5 1,75 1,75 1,75 1,75 1,75 1,75 1,75 B51 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,65 B52 2,10 2,10 2,10 2,10 2,10 2,10 2,10 S43 Solid and hollow B53 1,55 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 V1 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 V3 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,20 B5 3,75 3,75 3,75 3,75 3,75 3,75 3,75 B51 3,00 3,00 3,00 3,00 3,00 3,00 3,00 B52 4,10 4,10 4,10 4,10 4,10 4,10 4,10 S45 Solid and hollow B53 3,00 4,50 4,50 4,50 4,50 4,50 4,50 V1 4,30 4,30 4,30 4,30 4,30 4,30 4,30 V3 4,30 4,30 4,30 4,30 4,30 4,30 4,30 B5 8,70 9,00 9,30 9,90 8,10 7,70 7,20 B51 6,50 6,20 5,80 4,90 7,10 7,20 7,40 B52 8,00 8,80 9,30 9,70 7,80 7,60 7,30 S47 Solid and hollow B53 6,50 10,10 9,90 9,50 10,70 11,10 11,70 V1 9,95 9,95 9,95 9,95 9,95 9,95 9,95 V3 9,95 9,95 9,95 9,95 9,95 9,95 9,95

The Manufacturer uses mineral oil which has viscosity grade 220 in accordance with ISO VG.

72 SSC 09.16 2 A ATTACHMENTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

Gear oil in accordance with DIN 51517/3 CLP 220 Mineral oil Brand BLASIA 220 (*) AGIP DEGOL BG 220 ARAL ENERGOL GR - XP 220 BP NL GEAR COMPOUND 220 CHEVRON SPARTAN EP 220 ESSO MOBILGEAR 630 MOBIL RIPRESS EP 220 NILS OMALA 220 SHELL MEROPA 220 TEXACO

(*) First filling oil

For temperatures lower than 0°C replace the mineral oil with synthetic one having the same viscosity. In this case: - change the oil the first time after 2000 hours of operation; - change the oil subsequently after 10000 hours or every 5 years.

Synthetic oil in accordance with DIN 51517/3 CLP PG 220 Synthetic oil Brand BLASIA S 220 AGIP DEGOL GS 220 ARAL ENERSYN HTX 220 BP - MACH SYNTHERMA P20 ELF GLICOLUBE 220 ESSO KLÜBERSYNTH GH 6-220 KLÜBER GLYGOYLE HE 220 MOBIL RIPRESS SYNT 220 NILS TIVELA SC 220 SHELL PINNACLE EP 220 TEXACO

The lubricants brands are in alphabetic order without any reference to the product quality. This list does not cover the entire range of lubricants; can be used as long as they have the same technical features.

73 SSC 09.16 2 A ATTACHMENTS CON.104.--.M.EN. Issue: A12

A4 Repainting

Important

Paint the electric motors or the gear reducers according to the indications given in the specific instruction Manuals provided by the motor and gear reducer manufacturers; otherwise the warranty will be invalid.

We recommend painting the screw conveyor after it is completely assembled before installation.

Important

Before repainting the equipment concerned, “mask” all the safety signs applied on the screw conveyor. When the painting operation is complete, uncover the safety signs ensuring that they are all present as indicated in the “Safety signs and information” paragraph. If even only one of these signs is partially covered, contact the Manufacturer for new signs and apply them in their original position (see “Safety signs and information”).

- Repainting painted surfaces with powder primer If a finishing coat of 2K Epoxy (bicomponent), 2K Epoxy-vinyl (bicomponent) and 2K Polyurethane (bicomponent) paint is to be applied, it is enough to just remove the dirt that may have accumulated during shipping and storage. Other types of finishing products can be applied, but it will be necessary to wipe the surface to be repainted with a matting Scoth Brite cloth. After this operation, wipe the surface with a clean cotton cloth and ethyl alcohol or nitro solvent. Then proceed with painting the surface of the equipment concerned with the selected finishing coat.

- Repainting painted surfaces with finishing powder coat To obtain perfect adherence of the liquid paint on the existing powder paint, follow the operations described below. - Wipe the screw conveyor with a cloth soaked in “anti-silicon solvent” defined as “solvent naphtha”. - Wipe with a Scotch Brite sponge (3M or similar) and clean with nitro solvent. - Dry the surface with a cloth. - Repaint with liquid paint.

- Repainting painted surfaces with high-solid liquid paint Repainting to be done on drive units, electric motors and end bearings. To obtain perfect adherence of the liquid paint on the existing high-solid synthetic enamel, follow the operations described below. - Degrease the surfaces with a cloth slightly moist with thinner. - Repaint with high-solid synthetic enamel. - To repaint with another type of paint, it is advisable to apply a base epoxy primer coat.